prospectus 2014-2016

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prospectus-2014-2016 1/152

Prospectus 2014 - 2016

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016


7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016


Prologue 2

About UA&P 3

Why Go to UA&P 7

The Student Life 9

Services and Facilities 15

The Academic Life 21

The Schools

College of Arts and Sciences 36

School of Communication 52

School of Economics 64

School of Education and Human Development 74

School of Law and Governance 90

School of Management 102

School of Sciences and Engineering 126

Frequently Asked Questions 144

How to Get to UA&P 148

Contents

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016


2 University of Asia and the Pacific

This is the Undergraduate and Graduate Prospectus of theUniversity of Asia and the Pacific.

We are pleased to know that you are exploring the possibilityof studying in our University. We invite you to take your time

and go over this prospectus to familiarize yourself with whatUA&P believes, lives, and celebrates. In the following pages,we have made it our cause to help you bring to considerationthe rare opportunity of spending the next four or five years ofyour life in a university that fully develops everything that ishuman in the individual.

Our University focuses on developing the whole person,as well as combines breadth of learning and professionalspecialization, in its educational programs. Our students gothrough a strong liberal education program in their first twoor three years in the University. Thereafter, they begin to takesubjects in their chosen field of specialization. If they choosea five-year program and meet all its academic requirements,they may graduate with a master’s degree in five years.

As they take up these various areas of knowledge, the stu-dents are trained to look at ideas with a critical eye, an ana-lytical mind, and ethical judgment, and to understand issuesfrom differing points of view. As the subjects are taught us-ing a multidisciplinary approach, the students learn to makeconnections across disciplines and see the big picture whileunderstanding the complexity of each part. The liberal artsprogram also trains students to communicate ideas clearly,precisely, and persuasively in speech and in writing.

The first three years’ offerings blend perfectly with the lasttwo years of professional skills training. The liberal arts addgrace and bearing to professional knowhow. The profession-al training continues using the multidisciplinary approach,which requires students to relate their specialization to theother sciences—a definite advantage in the professionalworld.

With our brand of whole-person education amid the workingclimate where adaptability is key, our graduates stand firm,knowing that every facet of their being can be fully utilized tocatch up to the speed of life.

You can be one of these graduates. Blaze a trail with us.

Welcome!

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016


3Prospectus 2014 - 2016

Our name comes from the region that brought forth the dawn of anew civilization and changed mankind forever. At 46 years, we areyoung. Nevertheless, we write down our history with a burningdesire for excellence and integral human development.

About UA&P

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



OUR HISTORY

The University of Asia and the Pacific is aprivate, not-for-profit institution of higherlearning. We trace our beginnings to theCenter for Research and Communication(CRC), which was established more than 40years ago as a private think-tank conductingresearch and offering graduate courses in

economics and management. We graduallyexpanded our educational activities to otherfields and in 1995 were granted universitystatus by the Commission on Higher Educa-tion. Since then, we have become known asthe University of Asia and the Pacific.

Located in Ortigas Center, Pasig City, MetroManila, we have a population of 2,050 under-graduate and graduate students. There are144 full-time faculty members, 125 part-timefaculty members, and 190 administrative

staff. To date, we have produced more than7, 285 alumni, including those who gradu-ated from the Center for Research and Com-munication.

OUR SCHOOLS

The University has long-term plans for amulti-campus system offering various fieldsof specialization and emphasizing profes-sional competence founded on a strong lib-eral arts education. At present, we have onecollege and six schools that offer academic

degrees:

College of Arts and Sciences (CAS)School of Communication (SCM)School of Economics (SEC)School of Education and Human Develop-ment (SED)School of Law and Governance (SLG)School of Management (SMN)School of Sciences and Engineering (SSE)

OUR BRAND OF EDUCATION

Founded on the liberal arts and humanities,our academic programs push forward andbreak boundaries while carrying on from thetraditions of learning. This distinctive ap-proach to learning has made UA&P all thatit is today and in such a short time. Small,young, and dynamic, the University hasalready grown into its own as one of the topschools in the country. Imagine where wewill be tomorrow.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



OUR GRADUATES

Employers attest that UA&P graduates distin-guish themselves in the workplace as muchby their work ethic and discipline as by theirability to learn quickly, handle a wide rangeof tasks, and communicate and interact wellwith people inside and outside the organi-zation. They come across as fresh, young

talents who combine breadth of learning,professional skills and commitment, ethicalpractice, and humanity.

At UA&P, meeting the need of employers forknowledge workers is not our sole concern.Our students are educated as professionals,as citizens, and above all, as whole persons.

OUR HALLMARKS

In our institutional programs and activities, weput due emphasis on the individual, the fam-ily, the community, and the world. Each unitof the University thus strives to be a center ofexcellence, particularly in three areas: valuesformation, people development, and researchand communication. These are the hallmarkprograms of UA&P as an educational institu-tion.

• Values Education

We are committed to the inculcation of Chris-tian human values and attitudes, and our

academic programs always include coursesin social and professional ethics.

• People Development

The University works with developmentprograms that help people to help them-selves through values formation, generaland technical education, health and nutrition,environmental quality, and cooperation.

• Research and Communication

As an academic community, we undertakehigh-level interdisciplinary research for thegood of society and communicate the resultsof such research through various media andto varied audiences.

Three centers are mandated to promotethese hallmarks:

• Center for Student Affairs (CSA), for thevalues formation hallmark

• Center for Social Responsibility (CSR), forthe people development hallmark

• Center for Research and Communication(CRC), for the research and communica-tion hallmark

OUR MOTTO

The University seeks above all, unity of faithand reason and unity of religion and life.It reflects the commitment of everyone inUA&P toward the pursuit of wisdom andunity of life. This commitment is summed upin one word: Unitas.

OUR UNIVERSITY CREDO

We believe

• that education is a lifelong process, andits focal point is and should always be

the individual person;

• that the primary purpose of educationis the integral formation of the humanperson, the fullest development of every-thing that is human in the individual;

• that it is an essential part of the missionof a school to help and complement thefamily in the exercise of its educationalrights and duties;

• that a university must be ever atten-tive and responsive to the real needs ofthe community that sustains it, seek tosignificantly contribute to human prog-ress, and do everything it can to uplift themoral, cultural, and material level of thecountry and the region in which it oper-ates; and

• that a university fulfills its role best whenit forms individuals who are competent,creative and enterprising, zealous for thecommon good, and capable of making

free and morally upright choices, andwho can thus act as positive agents ofchange in service of society.

We, who form part of the University of Asiaand the Pacific, therefore, dedicate and com-mit ourselves to

• the highest standards of professional ex-cellence in our academic, scientific, andcultural endeavors;

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



• the inculcation of sound and time-testedhuman and social values and attitudesin people, beginning with those we workand live with and reaching out especiallyto those in most need of help in society;

• the creation within the University of anatmosphere of academic serenity condu-cive not only to disciplined and diligent

study, high-level research, and the re-sponsible use of the freedom of scien-tific inquiry, but also to mutual respect,openness, understanding, and friendship,without discrimination of any kind; and

• above all, the arduous but most spiritu-ally rewarding pursuit of wisdom, thesynthesis of love of God and knowledge,faith and reason, culture and life.

OUR MISSION STATEMENT

The University of Asia and the Pacific (UA&P)is an academic community where the pursuitand spread of truth are undertaken accordingto the highest intellectual and professionalstandards. It shall always remain faithful tothese foundation aims:

• to pursue, through world-class research,an interdisciplinary synthesis of humanis-tic, professional, scientific, and technicalknowledge, inspired by a Christian viewof man and sense of life;

• to promote, in an atmosphere of free-dom, the integral development of all themembers of the University communityso that they may work with good will,competence, and team spirit;

• to form committed professionals and en-courage them to serve with personal initia-tive and civic responsibility the communityin which they work, thereby helping buildjust and harmonious social structures; and

• to create and spread a culture thatstrengthens the dignity of the human per-son and the unity of the family, and thatpromotes understanding and cooperationamong persons of all races, beliefs, andsocial conditions.

To achieve these aims, the University of Asiaand the Pacific shall

• seek to reach a level of excellence in itsresearch and teaching programs that will

earn for the University a place among themost prestigious academic institutions inthe Asia-Pacific region;

• adopt advanced research and teachingtechniques so as to become a source ofinnovative forms of learning, as well ascontribute to a better balance betweenthe cost and quality of research, commu-

nication, and education;

• adapt its teaching programs, foundedupon basic research and the study of hu-manities, to the actual needs of a societyundergoing progressive change and ofa wide region promoting internationalcooperation;

• seek, while working closely with otherPhilippine institutions, wider regional andinternational recognition so that it canbe present in intellectual fora and policy

dialogues;

• strengthen and broaden the avenuesof cooperation so that it can effectivelycontribute to the spread of proper valuesand people development and obtain fromvarious sectors of society the necessarysupport to carry out its extensive work;

• organize itself in a manner conducive tointernal efficiency and effective coordi-nation, while keeping enough flexibility,

so as to enable all members of the Uni-versity community to contribute freelyand responsibly to the fulfillment of theircommon tasks; and

• strive to attain, as a necessary conditionfor its autonomous development, a levelof economic self-sufficiency that willallow the University to firmly establishitself as a center of academic excellence,to initiate new projects, and to admitwell-qualified students from the under-privileged sectors of society.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



We have a burning desire for excellence.Just like you, we are young, headstrong, andpassionate about our dreams. And we want

the best. We want to change the world. Andwe want people with that same kind of fire rag-ing in their eyes. To cherish it. To kindle it. Toset aflame the paths that others may follow. Toshed the light that others may take comfort in.We are an effervescent glimmer in time aboutto shine forth through the ages. And we wantYOU there, blazing that trail with us.

We aspire for the higher good.Our programs seek to turn students not onlyinto good professionals, but also into good

citizens backed with a strong Catholic iden-tity and spiritual formation. In this regard,we rely on Opus Dei, a personal prelature ofthe Catholic Church, to orient the students,as well as the faculty and staff, to a life thatreflects Christian beliefs and values, andensures the doctrinal and moral soundnessof other aspects of formation imparted in theUniversity.

We foster the whole-person formation ofstudents.In the Asia-Pacific region, UA&P is singularin using a mentoring system in which one-on-one sessions between mentor and stu-dent aim to bring the integration of knowl-edge, skills, and values down to the personallevel. This mentoring program nourishes theindividual development and reinforces thewhole-person formation students receivefrom the liberal education and the graduateschools. It provides students with the oppor-tunity to avail themselves of personal advis-ing and assistance in different areas and atvarious stages of their personal, profession-al, and social life in the University.

We believe that education is for everyone.We have one of the most robust scholarshipprograms in the country—one that allows usto nurture young minds in an environmentthat allows them to reach their fullest poten-tial. UA&P’s scholars—both merit scholarsand financial aid recipients—come from themost diverse backgrounds and have the most

Why Go to UA&P?

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



varied looks and personalities.

We call them “Stellar Schol-

ars”—an allusion to the star on

our coat of arms that guides

the galleon to its port. They are

leaders and luminaries (though

apparently ordinary) who give

their peers examples on how to

strike a balance between fun and

study, make them compatible,

and excel in both.

We have excellent educationalresources.The campus atmosphere that

UA&P provides for its students

exercises a decisive influence

that extends beyond lectures,

classes, or the laboratory. In our

commitment to give our stu-

dents a quality education, werely on our excellent educational

resources. We also turn, in ad-

dition, to several non-academic

venues in which the develop-

ment of values, character, cre-

ativity, and leadership skills

is given adequate attention.

These venues provide students

with their basic needs, as well

as ample opportunities for

outside-the-classroom develop-

ment in the virtues associatedwith the perfection of the hu-

man person through work and

relations with others.

We put emphasis where em-phasis is due.UA&P puts due emphasis on

the person, the family, the

nation, and the Asia-Pacific

region. We provide a powerful

combination of liberal educa-

tion and professional specializa-tion. We breed leaders who go

on to excel in their fields, reach

out to their communities, and

inspire others with their value-

based outlook and openness to

life. In UA&P, we always strive

to be responsive to the needs

of the community we belong

to and at large, whether these

needs be immediate or lasting.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Every student who has gone through a fruitful university experi-ence knows that a student’s life extends beyond the academiccourse of studies. Here in UA&P, we want you to take advantage ofthe many opportunities to develop friendships, discover what youare good at, strengthen your character, acquire the right personal

and social values, and hone your leadership skills. Many of theseyou do not learn sitting down and taking notes.

The Student Life

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



STUDENT MENTORING PROGRAM

An intrinsic part of the University’s liberaleducation is the Student MentoringProgram, through which UA&P’sinterdisciplinary offering of knowledge,skills, and values is reinforced on a one-to-one personal level. This program isone of the many signs of the University’s

commitment to the integral development ofits students.

The Student Mentoring Program providesstudents with the opportunity to availthemselves of personal advising andassistance in different areas and at variousstages of student life. Mentoring enablesthe student to reflect upon, assess, evaluate,and integrate his or her learning skillsand experiences—under the guidanceof a mentor—in a way that benefits thestudent’s acquisition and strengthening ofintellectual skills and moral criteria. Thementoring program is aimed toward theholistic formation of the student’s personal,professional, and social life.

This system of personal formationessentially revolves around the mentoringsessions, which are regular, confidentialconversations between the student and hisor her mentor about student life. In principle,the sessions occur for 30 minutes once ortwice a month. However, if circumstances

permit, the mentor can meet his or hermentees as often as needed.

The mentoring program is gender specific:female students are assigned femalementors; male students, male mentors.

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

There is a diverse selection of activities,development programs, and volunteerprojects in store for students who wish tooptimize their college experience.

Civics

Our graduates begin young as proactivestudents who realize that citizenship is notjust a label or a title, but a way of living.This perspective is reinforced by universityeducation that helps students understandthe notion and obligations of citizenship andthe principles behind political and socialparticipation. This means exposing students

to its actual exercise in the communitieswhere they find themselves.

The Civics Desk of UA&P’s Center for StudentAffairs (CSA) promotes awareness of socio-political issues and concerns, responsiblecitizenship, and leadership empowerment.

Its annual CivAsia Conference Series serves

as a venue for reasoned conversation onsocio-political concerns. In this arena,student leaders from all around thePhilippines and even neighboring countriesdiscuss the diverse angles of immediatesocial issues. These conferences continueto establish a network among Universitystudent leaders and more importantly,provide opportunities for the youth toparticipate in the exercise of nation-building.

Civics Desk’s BIGGKAS (Basa, Isip, Gawa,Galing, Katesismo, Arte, Sports) exposes

students and other members of theuniversity to social issues and solutions,furthering their sense of active andresponsible citizenship. In 2010, studentsinvolved in BIGGKAS introduced a “farmin the city” concept of developing newhydroponic farming technology to theadopted community of the University, Brgy.San Joaquin in Pasig City. The produce fromthis urban garden could be used to starta feeding program for the malnourishedchildren of the community and catalyze new

business ventures for the local women inbottling new items for direct selling.

UA&P H.O.P.E.S. is a disaster relief operationstarted by the Student Executive Board (nowUniversity Student Government) duringTyphoon Ondoy (known as Ketsana ) in 2009.Until today, HOPES is reinstated wheneverneeds arise, turning the University into amajor relief center.

Through its Unitas Leadership EducationProgram (UN/LEAD/ED), the Civics Deskcontributes to the development of currentand emerging student leaders. Moreover,it oversees the formation of the studentgovernment and student organizations(particularly the civic and professional orgs)by providing assistance, support, and advicenecessary to the efficiency and organizationof these student groups.

The University Student Government (USG) is the highest elective office of the student

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



body. It consists of students who oughtto serve the student body by promotingthe common good in the principle ofsubsidiarity. The student-representativebody organizes and oversees official studentactivities in promoting student involvementand empowerment. Apart from representingthe student body’s interests before schoolauthorities, those in the USG must think

broadly, i.e., “to think University” and notjust to advocate a narrow perspective.

The recognized civics-oriented studentorganizations in UA&P are AIESEC, Catalyst,ER+GO, Fú, and Sabio.

AIESEC-UA&P is part of the world’s largestyouth-run organization. Focused onproviding a platform for youth leadershipdevelopment, AIESEC offers young peoplethe opportunity to be global citizens, tochange the world, and to get experience andskills that matter today.

Catalyst is the UA&P students’ outreach,advocacy, and leadership organization. Itaims to provide opportunities to participatein meaningful service projects that uplift theeconomic, moral, and intellectual status ofindividuals, communities, and sectors ofPhilippine society most in need.

ER+GO is an environmental organizationinitiated by UA&P students. It aims to

educate and encourage the youth tocare for our environment, and to provideopportunities for people to activelyparticipate and create solutions for thebenefit of the environment.

Fú is a Filipino-Chinese organization. It isaffiliated with the Alliance of Filipino-ChineseStudents (AFICS), an umbrella organizationthat aspires to be the voice of thecontemporary Filipino-Chinese youth, andgears itself toward socio-cultural awarenessand understanding.

Sabio is the official organization of UA&Pscholars. Its members aspire to live theideals of academic excellence, friendship,and personal and social responsibility. Sabio,in Spanish, means “wise” or “learned.” Thisterm describes what the University’s scholarsmust be, that is, to be students who striveto achieve academically and to become anactive part of the University by helping otherstudents and prospective scholars in theirhuman, cultural, and professional formation.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Arts

A liberal arts institution with numerous stage productions,concerts, workshops and art exhibits, UA&P is hometo young talents, award-winning artists, and respectedscholars that have come to represent the regioninternationally.

The University’s arts and culture scene is made constantly

alive by the various theater and arts student organizationsled by the Center for Student Affairs’ Kultura Desk andthe academic departments of the College of Arts andSciences.

The Kultura Desk of CSA aims to be both a home for thecommunity’s creative talents as well as a coordinatingbody for cultural and artistic events within the University.

Every year, with the cooperation of student volunteers,it produces a varied arts season for the benefit of theUniversity community. Kultura also provides guidance tostudent organizations that focus on the arts, and oversees

the activities of the UA&P Chorale, the University’sresident choral ensemble.

Recognized arts-oriented student organizations in UA&Pare Dulaang Rock Opera Company (Dulaang ROC), I-SADance Organization, ViARE, and Reverb.

Established in 1989, Dulaang Rock Opera Company (originally named Rock Opera Company) is the pioneeringstudent theater organization of UA&P. It aims to promoteFilipino culture, language, and literature by staging theworks of established and emerging Filipino playwrights.

I-SA Dance Organization provides a home for dancers anddance enthusiasts to create, showcase, and appreciatedance, not just as a sport, but as an art.

Founded in 1993, ViARE continues its tradition ofpropagating arts appreciation through theater. ViARE aimsto provide a suitable outlet for the members’ respectivetalents within the parameters of the theater experience.

Reverb is an organization for all the musicians and musicenthusiasts of UA&P.

The departments under the College of Arts and Scienceshelp promote culture and appreciation for the arts and thewritten word through their activities and programs.

The Department of Arts invites known artists, musicians,designers, and performers the world over to give talksand workshops on their crafts. Besides partnering withgalleries, museums, individual artists, and groups, thedepartment also independently hosts film festivals,exhibits, tours, and concerts. It also establishes thefoundation for a refined and critical appreciation of beauty.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



The Department of English, true to its role of nurturing anunderstanding of the unity and diversity in the world, organizesinterdisciplinary activities featuring talks by personalities from thefields of arts, business, social work, the sciences, and politics. It holdsthe annual English Week in July.

The Buwan ng Wika (Month of Language) activities in August areheaded by the Department of Filipino, whose task is to nurturestudents’ communication skills in the country’s native language.

Among the month’s activities are the Sabayang Pagbigkas (choralrecitation) competition between high schools all over the country,Filipino parlor games, talks by prominent artists, and performances.

The Department of Literature, with its goal of enabling studentsto enjoy the richness and diversity of written works, hoststhe Shakespeare Week in February, which celebrates the genius ofthe Bard through poetry, monologue, and a theatrical performance.

Sports

UA&P’s Varsity Sports Program (VSP) is made up of teams composedof student-athletes who represent UA&P in external events and

tournaments. The teams include men’s and women’s basketball,men’s and women’s futsal, men’s and women’s volleyball, men’s andwomen’s table tennis, Squadra (dance group), and the Firestarters(cheerleading squad).

UA&P is a member of the Men’s and Women’s National CollegiateAthletic Associations (MNCAA and WNCAA).

The UA&P Futsal Dragons is one of the first Philippine varsities topromote and play futsal competitively.

STUDENT TRADITIONS

To blaze trails is to start new traditions, but long-standing traditionsare fuel to such fire, so to speak.

Though a young university, UA&P has beloved customs many ofwhich are held annually and eagerly awaited by students, staff, andalumni alike.

Institutional events, such as the Incorporation, Equatorials, andGraduation Rites, and liturgical activities like the EucharisticProcessions, are also among the formal programs carried out forUA&P’s student body.

Incorporation RitesThe first academic rite a UA&P freshman undergoes is the IncorporationRites. An annual tradition held on or close to the University FoundationDay, August 15, this is a short ceremony in which the freshmen areformally welcomed to the University. At this celebration, freshmenreceive an academic sash or beca, as it is called in Spain. It bears thecolor white (representing the College of Arts and Sciences) and theCollege seal. The celebration marks the students’ formal “incorporation”or admission as freshmen into the University, signifying theirmembership in the UA&P community. Students are asked to wear theirbeca during very special occasions and institutional events.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Equatorials

The Equatorial Rites are an official academicfunction for students who have completedtheir first two years at the University. Theunderlying concept of the celebration isderived from the tradition in some Europeanuniversities of officially recognizing thosestudents who have successfully completed

half of their course of studies. In Spain, thisacademic act of recognition is called Paso delEcuador; this is translated as the “crossing ofthe equator.” This tradition was first adoptedby CAS in 1990 and is the most significantacademic function after the first two years.

At this celebration, students receive a beca,a traditional academic garb originating fromEurope, bearing the color of the respectiveSchool that houses their chosen programof study, and the University seal. The colorsof the schools are crimson for the Schoolof Communication, violet for the Schoolof Law and Governance, yellow for theSchool of Sciences and Engineering, drabfor the School of Management, light bluefor the School of Education and HumanDevelopment, and copper for the School ofEconomics. Aside from the imposition ofthe becas, special awards are also given tostudents who have distinguished themselvesduring their first two years in the University.

Graduation Rites

Around 300 students graduate from theUniversity annually, each with either abachelor’s or master’s degree. A salutationby an exemplary student usually opensthe graduation ceremonies after a solemnrendition of the Philippine National Anthemby the Chorale and an Invocation by aresident priest, normally the UniversityChaplain. An individual of good repute andwell-entrenched in his or her field is invitedto deliver the Commencement Address. The

presentation of academic awards and themuch-awaited valediction follow the keynotespeech. After the conferral of degrees bythe University President, the Chorale singsthe Acclamation in Latin and the AlumniAssociation incorporates a distinguishedmember.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



There are elements in the university life that do not figure in les-son plans or co-curricular planning but play an important rolein the education of students as they go around the campus andinterrelate with people: the general university ambience, materialorder, building and equipment maintenance, cordiality of teachers

and staff, and optimum security, among others. In UA&P, we makeit our responsibility to care for these details in order to create awholesome environment for teaching and learning.

Services and Facilities

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING

The Mentoring and Guidance Desks of the Center for Student Affairs is one link in the chain ofservices directed toward the integral formation of UA&P students. As students grow into theUniversity, their concerns and expectations change when they encounter personal difficultiesin academics, environment, adjustment to college life, and interpersonal relationships. TheGuidance Desk helps students find healthy ways to address these issues through its compre-hensive services and development programs.

The guidance counselors are available for personal or group counseling sessions. Because theUniversity knows that each individual is unique, each counseling session is conducted in a relaxedand friendly atmosphere, with the utmost respect for confidentiality and privacy.

The Guidance Desk also offers other programs and seminars that explore and develop thepotential of the students.

SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

To help students finance their undergraduate education, the University of Asia and the Pacificoffers merit scholarships and financial assistance on the basis of the results of their entranceexam, their high school academic performance, and financial status.

Merit ScholarshipsMerit scholarships are highly competitive study grants that may cover up to 100% of tuitionfees. In addition, the top applicants of each batch may also be awarded a stipend, book allow-ance, and board and lodging allowance (for provincial applicants).

Who qualifies? Grant

Valedictorians of select high schools 100% tuion fee grant

Applicants whose high school average is at

least 90% and are highly qualified based on

their College Entrance Exam Results

Grant depends on overall rank

and the scholarship slots avail-

able

The scholarship may continue up to the graduate level of the University’s five-year programsor to the MA or MS program of a corresponding AB or BS program. To keep the scholarship,the student must comply with the provision set forth in the Student Handbook.

Financial Assistance

The University also gives financial assistance to Filipino students who meet certain criteria. Thegrant covers up to 100% of tuition fees. It is renewable every year and is premised on continuedfinancial need. It may continue up to the graduate level of any of the five-year programs.To qualify for financial aid, an applicant must meet the following minimum conditions:

1. Financial need, as attested to by the family’s finances;2. Academic competence: a high school average of at least 85%; and3. Positive interview evaluation.

In addition, the student must comply with all other requirements set forth in the Financial As-sistance Agreement.

If the student fails to fulfill any of the conditions, he or she forfeits any financial assistancegrant from the University. However, the student may apply for renewal up to a second time atthe beginning of the school year if either the need is re-established or the requirements aremet.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Student AssistantshipFinancial assistance grantees must rendersome hours of student assistantship in a unitof the University to which they are assignedfor one school year. The number of hours tobe rendered depends on the percentage ofthe grant awarded to the student.

Student assistantship work shall be admin-

istered by the Center for Student Affairs –Student Services Desk in coordination withthe other units of the University (for 1st- to3rd-year students), and by the respectiveschools of the grantees (for 4th- and 5th-yearstudents). The relevant unit of the Univer-sity shall give a report on each grantee’sperformance to the Scholarship Committeeat the end of each school year. The level offinancial assistance the student is given maybe modified on the basis of his or her perfor-mance as a student assistant.

CHAPLAINCY SERVICES

Part of a person’s integral formation is pro-vided by formative activities that promote adeeper understanding of religious doctrineand growth in spiritual life. Students areencouraged to take advantage of these op-portunities for spiritual direction.

Appointments are made directly with the chap-lains. The UA&P chaplains hold office in (a) theSancta Maria Stella Orientis Oratory located

at the Development Communications Building(DCB) and (b) beside the chapel of the Admin-istration and Library Building (ALB).

Eucharistic Celebrations and Confessions

Holy Mass is celebrated at the Stella Orien-tis Oratory at 7:45 a.m. and 12:05 p.m. onweekdays, and at 12:05 p.m. on Saturdays.On Fridays, the 12:05 p.m. Mass is celebratedin Latin. A Eucharistic Vigil of the BlessedSacrament is also held every Friday after the12:05 p.m. Mass. The Stella Orientis Oratoryis also open for confessions from 8:30 a.m.to 7:30 p.m. on weekdays, and from 9:30 a.m.to 7:30 p.m. on Saturdays. Students may alsovisit the ALB Oratory anytime.

Liturgical Traditions

Students are also invited to participate in theliturgical traditions that have become a partof University life, such as the following:

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



• Mass of the Holy Spirit (held on the firstday of classes of the first semester)

• Eucharistic Procession (usually held onthe Thursday before the Feast of Christ theKing)

• Simbang Gabi (nine days of dawn massescelebrated from December 16 to 24 inpreparation for Christmas)

• Foundation Day Masses (thanksgiving

masses celebrated on the foundation dayof each school in the University)

• Baccalaureate Mass (thanksgiving masscelebrated the day before UniversityGraduation)

Other Chaplaincy Services

The Chaplaincy also organizes special activi-ties such as recollections, retreats, seminars,and other liturgical services. The schedule ofofficial retreats for male and female stu-dents may be obtained from announcementsposted on the bulletin boards around thecampus. Initiatives that pertain to the liturgy(e.g., adoration of the Blessed Sacrament,processions, public recitation of the rosary,and prayer meetings) are welcome. Never-theless, for the sake of order and liturgicalappropriateness, one of the Chaplains shouldbe consulted before holding these activities.

STUDENT COMMUNICATIONS

The proper and timely articulation of Univer-

sity policies, procedures, announcements, andother news is crucial in making student lifemore fruitful. The Corporate CommunicationsOffice (CCO), the Center for Student Affairs(CSA), and other units of the University pro-vide regular communications to ensure thatstudents are informed, updated, or remindedabout existing, recently approved, or revisedpolicies and procedures, as well as otherrelevant news. Effective communication isachieved by the dissemination of informationvia the following channels:

• Bulletin boards (Study Hall A, CAS Ledge, etc.)

• UA&P official email Official announcements are sent throughthe WebCampus (uap.asia) email ac-counts. Students are advised to check theiremail regularly to avoid missing importantupdates.

• UA&P websitehttp://uap.asia

• UA&P official social media accounts

http://twitter.com/uapasia

http://facebook.com/uap.asia

• UA&P publications

• Student Handbook

• Universitas

• UA&P online content channels

http://issuu.com/cco.uap (online cop-ies of UA&P publications)

http://youtube.com/UAPchannel

• Personal delivery (when necessary)

UA&P WebCampusThe UA&P WebCampus (http://webcampus.uap.asia) is the University’s official onlinecommunication and collaboration platformpowered by Google technologies. It inte-grates email, instant messaging, calendar-sharing, group and document collaboration,website creation, and other utilities for thestudents, faculty, staff, and alumni of UA&P.

All incoming students automatically get aWebCampus account by virtue of their en-rollment in UA&P.

Other Online Services

• Enlistment portalhttp://enlistment.uap.asia

• Class schedules and grades onlinehttp://www.uap.asia/online-services/ grades-online/

• Athena (public online library search engine) http://unitas.uap.asia/athcgi/athweb.pl

MEDICAL SERVICES

First-aid ClinicA registered nurse at the University’s first-aidclinic attends to minor ailments or emergen-cies. A medical doctor is available for con-sultation on selected days. Serious cases aretaken to The Medical City Hospital locatedalong Ortigas Avenue.

Annual Physical, Medical, and Dental Examination(APE)The University, through the Student ServicesDesk of the Center for Student Affairs, imple-

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



ments the annual physical, medical, and dental exami-nation as required by the Code on Sanitation of thePhilippines (PD No. 856).

All students enrolled under the four-year and five-yearprograms are required to undergo and complete theAPE. Only the following students are exempted fromtaking the APE:

• Students who are enrolled in ABEP, SBEP, or othergraduate-only programs.

• Students who have undergone an annual physicalexam between January 1 to May 31 of the same year,provided that the said exam covered the six basicareas of the standard APE (physical exam, chest x-ray,urinalysis, fecalysis, CBC, and dental check-up). Theresults must be submitted to and are subject to vali-dation by the University’s resident physician.

Accident InsuranceCurrently enrolled students are covered under an acci-

dent insurance policy. They may file an insurance claimfor accidents that result in bodily injuries, whether theaccident occurred inside or outside the campus. Claimsare processed on a reimbursement basis, and withinthe limits of the policy coverage.

HOUSING REFERRALS

A database of appropriate housing facilities within thevicinity of the University is available for students, espe-cially those from the provinces and foreign countries.All listed housing facilities are gender specific.

INTERNATIONAL STUDENT ASSISTANCE

The Student Services Desk of the Center for StudentAffairs can provide information on and facilitate the ac-quisition of Philippine student visas and special studypermits for international students.

PLACEMENT SERVICES

Placement services bridge the graduating students tothe workplace by referring possible employment op-portunities, implementing corporate servicing projects,

holding career talks, and organizing the annual UA&PJob Fair. Inquiries may be directed to the CSA – Stu-dent Services Desk located at the 4th landing of theAPEC Communications Building.

The UA&P Office of Alumni Affairs (OAA) also offersplacement services via its Alumni Employment Part-ners (AEPs) and the UA&P Job Board (http://jobs.uap.asia).

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



LIBRARY SERVICES

The University houses two libraries:

• Don Eugenio Lopez, Sr. Library (DELL) CAS Building, Ground Floor

DELL contains the humanities collection,books, and periodicals intended for the

use of undergraduate students.

• Don Emilio Ejercito Library (DEEL)Administration and Library Building(ALB), 3rd Floor

DEEL houses the major portion of theUA&P library collection, MultimediaSection, Technical Services Division,Acquisition Section, and the Office ofthe University Librarian. The collectionsin this library are primarily for graduatestudents and faculty.

Online Library ServicesStudents may visit the UA&P Library’s web-site at http://library.uap.asia. They may alsoaccess the following online databases:

• Online Public Access Catalog (OPAC): AthenaAccessible online: http://unitas.uap.asia/ athcgi/athweb.pl

• EBSCO Online Database Accessible only within the UA&P LocalArea Network (LAN)

• Gale Virtual Reference Library Accessible only within the UA&P LocalArea Network (LAN)

STUDY HALLS

The two open areas at the ground floor ofthe APEC Communications Building (ACB)are designated as Study Halls A and B. StudyHall A is reserved exclusively for study pur-poses. The only events that can be held there

are official university-wide activities such asregistration, orientation, and student-govern-ment elections. Study Hall B, while primar-ily a study area, can also be used for otherschool activities during study periods (i.e.,regular class hours). These activities includeorientations, registrations, job fairs, exhib-its, and catered dining for official universityactivities.

DINING FACILITIES AND EATING AREAS

The dining concessionaires serve meals fromMonday to Saturday. The cafeteria and foodcourt are open from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.from Monday to Friday and from 7:00 a.m. to2:00 p.m. on Saturdays.

LOCKERS

Student lockers are available on a first-come,first-served basis at various locations aroundthe campus.

UNIVERSITY BOOKSTORE

The University Bookstore is located at theDCB Ground Floor near the stairs of the StellaOrientis Oratory.

PARKING FACILITIES

The Parking and Sports Building of the Uni-versity houses three floors of parking facilityfor varying vehicle sizes, while the fourthfloor serves as a hub for sports enthusiasts.

MULTI-PURPOSE COURT

The Multi-Purpose Court (MPC) is primarilyused for PE classes, varsity team training,and tournaments organized by the SportsDevelopment Desk of the Center for StudentAffairs or other units of the University.

Because it is located in a residential area,UA&P is also subject to the rules and regula-tions of the Ortigas Center Association, Inc.(OCAI), which limit the types of activities thatcan be held within the campus. Also, it isimperative that the activities held at the MPCdo not disrupt regular Oratory activities, suchas the Holy Mass.

SECURITY

Security guards are assigned to various

parts of the campus: the ALB entrance, DCBentrance, the driveway entrance/exit at PearlDrive, the driveway exit at St. JosemaríaEscrivá Drive, and the parking lot.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



A student’s course of study may either be (a) a four-year degreeprogram, which entitles him or her to earn an AB (Bachelor ofArts) or a BS (Bachelor of Science) undergraduate degree at theend of the course, or (b) a five-year master’s program, throughwhich he or she may earn an MA (Master of Arts) or an MS (Mas-

ter of Science) degree at the end of five years.

The Academic Life

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



All programs of study begin with the corecurriculum of the College of Arts and Sci-ences (CAS). The liberal education of CASnot only prepares the students for theirspecific specialization, but also gives thema well-rounded education that cultivatesgenuine intellectual discipline—a prerequi-site to acquiring any specialized knowledge.The two-step educational process that the

University provides arises from the convic-tion that college students who immediatelypursue a specialization without the solidgrounding that a liberal education impartswill be ill-prepared for the lifelong process oflearning, and that professional excellence to-day demands ever-increasing specializationno longer adequately met by a bachelor’sdegree.

For the AB/BS program students, the CAScurriculum is a preparation for immersionin their major or specialized course after

their sophomore year. For MA/MS programstudents, it is a preparation for their specificspecialization in the graduate level (fourth

and fifth year). At the end of three years, stu-dents under the five-year master’s programswill have completed all the academic require-ments for a Bachelor of Arts in Humanitiesdegree. If they meet all the academic re-quirements of the graduate program of theirchoice, they can graduate with two degrees(a bachelor’s degree and a master’s degree)at the end of five years.

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

Qualifications and Standards for Admission

Admission to AB/BS four-year programs Students who qualify for admission to theUniversity are automatically admitted intothe AB or BS program of their choice as in-dicated in their application to the University.If certain programs have additional require-ments for admission (e.g., math grades/ scores for admission to B.S. in Applied Math,

B.S. in Industrial Engineering, and B.S. inInformation Technology; interview for B.S.in Entrepreneurial Management applicants,etc.), applicants must pass these additionalrequirements as well. Also, depending ontheir English scores in the admissions exam,international students who graduated fromhigh schools where English was not the me-dium of instruction may be required to takeadditional courses in English before they cantake a full load.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Admission to MA/MS five-year programs Students admitted to the four-year AB or BSprograms but who are interested in gettinginto any of the five-year graduate programsmay signify their application to the five-yearprogram in writing, not later than the secondsemester of their sophomore year, subject tothe admissions requirements of the individu-al graduate programs.

Programs of StudyUA&P offers the following programs of study(as of SY 2013-2014):

Bachelor’s degree programs (Four-year AB/BSprograms)

College of Arts and Sciences

• Bachelor of Arts in Humanities

School of Communication

• Bachelor of Arts in Integrated Marketing

Communications• Bachelor of Arts in Media and Entertain-

ment Management

School of Economics

• Bachelor of Arts in Economics

School of Education and Human Development

• Bachelor of Science in Child Develop-ment and Education

• Bachelor of Science in Human CapitalDevelopment

School of Law and Governance

• Bachelor of Arts in Political Economy

School of Management

• Bachelor of Science in Business Ad-ministration Major in Management

• Bachelor of Science in Business Ad-ministration Major in Managementwith specialization in Business Analyt-ics

• Bachelor of Science in Entrepreneurial

ManagementSchool of Sciences and Engineering

• Bachelor of Science in Applied Math-ematics

• Bachelor of Science in Information Tech-nology

• Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engi-neering (*a five-year BS program)

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Master’s degree programs (Five-year MA/MS programs)

College of Arts and Sciences

• Master of Arts in Humanities

School of Communication

• Master of Arts in Communication Majorin Integrated Marketing Communications

School of Economics

• Master of Science in Industrial Economics


• Master of Arts in Political Economy withspecialization in International Relationsand Development


• Master of Science in Management

Law program


• Juris Doctor

Other graduate programs

The University also has a number of aca-demic programs (graduate-only programs)that are designed for practitioners in theareas of economics, education, and manage-ment, namely:

School of Economics

• Master in Applied Business Economics

• Master in Business Economics

School of Education and Human Development

• Master of Arts in Education Major inChild Development and Education

• Master of Arts in Education Major in Edu-cational Leadership

• Master in Education Major in Child De-velopment and Education

• Master in Education Major in EducationalLeadership


• Master of Science in Management – Eve-ning Program

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



REGISTRATION AND ENROLLMENT

Registration is a preliminary step to enrollment and consists ofenlisting the subjects the student is required to take under his or herchosen program of study. The student’s registration in the Universityimplicitly signifies his or her willingness to abide by all the rules andregulations of the University.

General Guidelines

1. Notices and announcements. Registration announcements and no-tices are placed on the bulletin boards in various locations. An-nouncements are also posted on the UA&P Enlistment Portal(http://enlistment.uap.asia). Specific registration procedureschange from time to time in view of a continuing developmentprogram to streamline and improve procedures. Students areadvised to follow all instructions and observe all deadlines.

2. Online enlistment. Students can enlist their subjects online. To avoidoverloading the system, there are schedules for online enlistment.Students may visit the UA&P Enlistment Portal for announce-ments and instructions.

3. Pre-enlistment. Beginning SY 2014-2015, all freshmen and sopho-more, as well as all students under the Entrepreneurial Manage-ment program, are pre-enlisted by REG. During the online enlist-ment period, these students do the following: view their schedule/ pre-enlisted subjects online, print their Registration Certificate(RC) and present it on campus for enrollment and payment. It isonly during on-campus enrollment that pre-enlisted students willbe allowed to add more subjects if they still lack units, or in somecases, advance some subjects after getting clearance from theproper academic adviser.

4. Academic advising. Academic advising is part of the enrollment

procedure and is needed especially in the following cases: whensubjects to be added are advanced subjects, when subjects to bedropped are pre-requisite subjects, when changing subjects thathave been enlisted online, and when dropping pre-enlisted sub-jects. For CAS subjects, advising is done by the CAS academicadviser, while for specialization subjects, advising is done by theacademic adviser of the program.

5. Enrollment. Students are considered officially enrolled only afterregistration/enlistment and payment of tuition and other fees ac-cording to their chosen payment scheme.

6. Modular subjects. If a student plans to take two modular subjects in

one semester, the first of which is a prerequisite of the other, he orshe must enlist in and pay for both subjects at the start of the semes-ter; there is no mid-semester registration.

If a student fails the first module, he or she will automatically bedropped from the second module, and the fees paid for the latterwill be credited to his or her account. If a student wants to en-roll in a modular subject that starts during the second half of thesemester, he or she should enlist and pay for the said modularsubject at the start of the semester.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



7. Enrollment for a subject necessary to obtain credits. Only students who are officially enrolledare allowed to attend classes and are givencredits if they pass the course. Studentswhose names do not appear on the classlist are presumed not to have enrolled forthe class. They must consult the Registrar’sOffice if they enrolled in a subject but theirnames do not appear on the class list is-

sued to the professor.

8. Load adjustments. Any deviations from theregular semestral academic load result-ing from back subjects, missing prerequi-sites, overloading, underloading, cross-enrollment, and audited subjects mustfirst be cleared with the Registrar beforeregistration.

Documents Submitted upon EnrollmentAll documents pertaining to enrollment, in-cluding the high school report card (Form No.

138) and the high school transcript of record(Form No. 137), shall become the property ofthe University. They will not be returned to thestudents. Neither is it possible to claim them ifa student wishes to transfer to another school.Instead, the Registrar will provide the stu dentwith the necessary transfer credentials.

Confidentiality of Student’s Records and PersonalInformationAll personal information about the students(including class schedules) and all studentrecords are strictly confidential and will not be

divulged or released to unauthorized persons.

FEES AND PAYMENTS

Modes of PaymentPayments may be made in cash, or by creditcard, telegraphic transfer, demand draft, orpersonal check.

It is presumed that personal check paymentsare backed with sufficient funds. If a checkbounces, it must be replaced immediatelywith cash. Also, future check payments will

no longer be accepted.

The University has no existing ties with anyof the pre-need companies; thus, the Univer-sity does not accept payment through educa-tional plans.

Payment SchemesStudents have the option to choose fromthree payment schemes:

• Full payment

• Two-installment scheme (with install-ment charge)

• Three-installment scheme (with install-ment charge)

If the payment scheme chosen is install-ment and the check payment bounces, thefull amount becomes immediately due anddemandable and must be paid in cash. Also,

future check payments will no longer beaccepted. If a student fails to pay on the duedates, any unpaid balance shall become im-mediately due and demandable. Full install-ment fees will also be charged. A 1% servicefee will be charged for every month of delay.

ReimbursementsIf a student has paid the pertinent tuition andother fees in full or for any period longerthan one month but voluntarily and in writ-ing withdraws from the University, transfersto another university, goes on Leave of Ab-

sence (LOA), or drops a subject he or she isenrolled in within two weeks after the begin-ning of classes, he or she shall be entitled toa refund of tuition and/or other fees basedon the following schedule, in accordancewith the Commission on Higher Education’s(CHED) Manual of Regulations for PrivateHigher Education 2008 (Art. XX, Sec. 100):

For regular semesters Within the first week of classes 75% refundWithin the second week 50% refundAfter the second week no refund

For the summer term On the first andsecond day of classes 75% refundOn the third day of classes 20% refundAfter the third day of classes no refund

This schedule will be followed whether ornot the student attended classes. Refundswill be processed only after the student hasobtained the necessary clearance.

Refunds due to overpayment, or overpayment

resulting from a change in the student’s aca-demic load, are credited toward subsequentenrollments. However, refunds may be reim-bursed upon submission of a letter from thestudent’s parent/s or guardian.

ArrearsIf a student has unsettled accounts or arrearsfrom the previous semester, he or she mayenroll for the following semester only afterthese accounts or arrears have been settled.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



ACADEMIC POLICIES

Academic Load

The school year is divided into two regularterms: the first and second semesters. Thesummer term is normally intended for remedialwork and some required specialization subjects.

A regular semester is 18 weeks long, includingfinal exams week. One unit of credit for a lec-ture course is equivalent to one hour of classor recitation each week. One unit of credit for alaboratory course is equivalent to two or threehours of laboratory work per week.

Regular load When a student registers in the University, itis understood that he or she is enrolling forthe regular load of the entire semester ac-cording to the normal schedule stipulated inthe chosen program of study. Generally, the

approved program of study for the four-yearAB/BS programs consists of a normal load of18 units of academic subjects per semester,while for the five-year MA/MS programs, theregular load consists of 21 units of academicsubjects per semester.

Minimum and maximum load The minimum load of academic subjectsper semester for students is 15 units, whilethe maximum load is 26 units (except forprograms whose curricula as mandated byCHED require more than the allowable maxi-

mum load). For the summer term, the maxi-mum load is nine units.

Underload Students may be allowed, for sufficient andvalid reasons, to enroll in fewer units thanthe normal load during regular semesters,but in no case lower than the minimum loadof 15 academic units.

Overload Students are ordinarily not allowed to gobeyond the number of units stipulated per se-

mester in the chosen program of study. How-ever, seniors or graduating students may bepermitted to overload in their last year in orderto graduate with their class. Such overloadrequests are decided on a case-to-case basis.

Prerequisite subjects Some subjects are regarded as prerequisitesfor higher-level subjects. If the student has notsuccessfully completed a prerequisite subject,he or she shall not be allowed to enroll for thecorresponding subject(s) at the next level.

Advancing of subjects Students may be allowed to take sub-jects ahead of the normal schedule if theyhave successfully passed the prerequisitesubject(s), as long as they comply with therules on overloading, and subject to theavailability of slots.

Changing streams/Shifting courses

Changing streams shall be defined as trans-ferring from the four-year AB/BS program tothe five-year MA/MS program or vice-versa,within the same field of specialization.

Shifting courses shall be defined as transfer-ring from one program to another with a dif-ferent field of specialization, whether it is beingoffered by the same school or a different one.

Procedures for changing streams and shiftingcourses are presented in the Student Handbook.

Academic and Non-Academic SubjectsAcademic subjects Academic subjects are governed by the poli-cies enumerated in the academic code. Inparticular, they are governed by the univer-sity policy on retention of students. Gradesin the academic subjects are included inthe computation of the general weightedaverage (GWA) and the weighted average(WA) for retention. All the core curriculumsubjects are considered academic exceptfor Physical Education (PE), Introduction to

People Development (IPD), National ServiceTraining Program (NSTP), and Asia-PacificLanguage subjects.

Non-academic subjects Physical Education (PE) subjects, though con-sidered non-academic, are included in thecomputation of the GWA in compliance withthe policy of the Commission on HigherEducation (CHED). However, PE subjects arenot included in the computation of the WA todetermine retention in the University.

Introduction to People Development (IPD) is athree-unit non-academic course that exposesstudents to issues in corporate social respon-sibility (CSR), such as corruption, geneticallymodified organisms, child labor, and envi-ronmental sustainability, among others. Thecourse introduces students to various corpo-rate initiatives in mitigating issues througha highly interactive session in the classroomthat entails analyses of case studies. Studentsare then deployed to leading CSR organiza-tions to document CSR-related issues using

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



analytical tools taught in the classroom and to analyze their approach-es to resolving these issues.

The National Service Training Program (NSTP) is a program mandated by lawfor tertiary-level students. It aims to enhance civic consciousness anddefense preparedness in the youth by developing in them the ethics ofservice and patriotism while they undergo training in any of the follow-ing three program components:

• Reserve Officers Training Course (ROTC) is a program designed toprovide military training to tertiary-level students in order to mo-tivate, train, organize, and mobilize them for defense prepared-ness.

• Literacy Training Service (LTS) is a program designed to train stu-dents to become teachers of literacy and numerical skills toschoolchildren, out-of-school youth, and other segments of soci-ety in need of their services.

• Civic Welfare Training Service (CWTS) refers to programs or activitiesthat contribute to the general welfare and the betterment of life forthe members of the community or the enhancement of its facili-

ties, especially those devoted to improving health, education,environment, entrepreneurship, safety, recreation, and morals ofthe citizenry. It is also aimed at articulating basic concepts of socialresponsibility, civic consciousness, and community development,and applying these development concepts in community-basedfieldwork.

The University offers the Literacy Training Service (LTS) and theCivic Welfare Training Service (CWTS) only. Students who choosethe ROTC component will have to cross-enroll at other colleges anduniversities that offer it. The student has to follow the proper proce-dures for cross-enrollment. He or she must have prior authorizationfrom the Registrar’s Office to cross-enroll; otherwise, he or she willnot be given any credits for the ROTC component.

Non-Filipino students are exempted from the completion of NSTP.Students seeking exemption on the basis of citizenship have tosubmit documents proving their foreign citizenship and an updatedAlien Certificate of Registration to the Registrar’s Office.

IPD and NSTP are handled by the Center for Social Responsibility(CSR), a social extension center within the University that maximizesthe synergy of the faculty, students, and partner institutions in upliftingthe social and economic conditions of marginalized groups in society.

Asia-Pacific Language Studies As a requirement for graduation from any of the five-year MA/MSprograms, students will be asked to pass a language proficiency test inan Asia-Pacific language. An Asia-Pacific language shall mean any lan-guage officially recognized and spoken in any of the APEC countries,with the exception of English and Philippine languages. The unit offersclasses in those languages for which there is a sufficient number ofinterested students to make the course economically viable. For now,these languages may include Spanish, Chinese, Japanese, and French.The competency preparation program is placed under the supervisionof the Asia-Pacific Language Unit.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Asia-Pacific Language courses are consid-ered non-academic subjects, and thus do notfall under the scope of the retention policy,nor are they included in the computation ofthe GWA or the WA.

AttendanceIn principle, students must be present in all oftheir classes. However, should circumstances

prevent it, they are required at the very leastto be present for at least 80 percent of thesubject’s total class hours during the semester;otherwise, they automatically fail the subject.

Absences • Due to cutting classes

These absences do not entitle students tomake up for missed requirements. Thisis premised on the fact that when theyfreely decide to forego or cut a class, theyconsciously take the risk of missing out onwork that might be given in their absence.

• Due to sickness These absences are due to a serioussickness needing medical attention. Aserious sickness must be diagnosed by adoctor; hence, an official medical cer-tificate is needed, and not just a simpleexcuse letter from the student’s parentsor guardian, when the student reportsback to class.

• Due to official business These are absences incurred because of

one’s participation in UA&P institutionalevents and activities that normally ap-pear in the official calendar of activities.

Absences due to sickness and official busi-ness shall be deducted from the student’sbalance of allowable absences, but entitlehim or her to make up for work missed onthe day(s) of absence (this includes papers,quizzes, and exams). Incurring these types ofabsences will not increase the student’s totalnumber of allowable absences: that numberwill remain constant regardless of the type of

absence incurred.

Policies regarding late submission of require-ments due to either of these two types ofabsences (sickness or official business) areleft to the discretion of the teacher.

Absences will be assessed more stringentlywhen these occur during midterm and finalexaminations.

Tardiness The teacher has the discretion on whether ornot to allow a late student to enter the class.The academic department and/or teacherconcerned may decide equivalencies betweentardiness and absence (e.g., three instances oftardiness as equivalent to one absence). If thestudent is more than 10 minutes late for class,he or she may be considered absent.

Whenever a teacher is not present at thebeginning of a class, students are obliged towait for at least 15 minutes before leaving (forone-hour and 1.5-hour classes). For two-houror three-hour classes, students are obliged towait at least 30 minutes before leaving.

Evaluation Tools and ExaminationsThe evaluation of a student is reached bya reasoned judgment made by the subjectteacher on the student’s performance. Com-petence or grasp of knowledge or skills, or

the lack thereof, is the sole basis for theirmarks. Effort and interest are not measuresof academic performance (though they ordi-narily occasion good performance).

Examinations Exams are given throughout the semester.Final examinations are held during the lastweek of the term. Although greater weightis ordinarily given to the final examina-tion mark, the percentage of this mark withrespect to the final grade varies among thedifferent academic departments.

Exemptions Exemption from the final examinations is theprerogative of the teacher. The departmentand/or the teacher can, therefore, decide togrant or not to grant exemptions. Exemp-tions are allowed only for the final examina-tions, and only for students with a standingof 1.00 to 1.50 in the subject.

Grading System

Marks and mode equivalents

NumberMode

DescriptionLetter

Mode/Ab-breviation

1.00 Excellent A

1.25

1.50 Superior B+

1.75

2.00 Very Good B

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



2.25

2.50 Good C+

2.75

3.00 Competent C

3.50 Failed F

3.50Failure Due to

AbsencesFDA

Other marks and abbreviations

Pass (for some non-academic subjects) PFail (for some non-academic subjects) FIncomplete INCWithdrawal with Permission WPAudited AUDCredited CRD

Percentage equivalents for a particular grade may vary from depart-ment to department, or may not be relevant at all because of thesubject matter.

The transcript of records contains marks in the number mode onlyand, whenever applicable, the abbreviations P/F (a pass/fail for somenon-academic subjects), INC (incomplete), WP (withdrawal withpermission), AUD (audited), and CRD (credited) as indicated in thegrading system.

Passing and failing marks For students enrolled under the AB/BS stream, the minimum passingmark is 3.00, while the failing mark is 3.50.

For students enrolled under the MA/MS stream (five-year programs),

the minimum passing mark for first-, second-, and third-year subjectsis 3.00, and the failing mark is 3.50. For fourth- and fifth-year subjects(graduate-level subjects), the minimum passing mark is 2.50, and thefailing mark is 3.00.

For prerequisite subjects, a passing mark implies that the student isready for the next subject level. A failing mark implies failure to reachthe required competence level in the subject. If a subject is a requiredsubject (not an elective) for the student’s chosen program of study,the student who fails it has to re-take and pass it. Students who failan elective subject may either take it again and pass it or choose an-other elective subject to complete the required number of units.

If the student has exceeded the allowable number of absences for aclass he or she is officially enrolled in, the student shall be given afailing mark due to academic deficiency caused by his or her absenc-es. This Failure Due to Absences (FDA) shall be reflected in the tran-script of records as a failing mark (3.50 for undergraduate subjectsand 3.00 for graduate-level subjects).

An Incomplete (INC) means that the student’s class standing is passingbut he or she, for justifiable reasons, has failed to submit an importantrequirement. The student is given one semester to complete the lack-ing requirement for undergraduate subjects and one year for graduate-level subjects (fourth and fifth year of the five-year programs).

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



For undergraduate subjects (core curriculumsubjects under CAS and AB/BS programsubjects): failure to submit the lacking re-quirement within one semester automati-cally converts an Incomplete (INC) mark intoa failing grade.

For graduate-level subjects (fourth- and fifth-year subjects under the five-year programs):

failure to submit the lacking requirementwithin one year automatically converts anIncomplete (INC) grade into a failing mark.

A Withdrawal with Permission (WP) meansthat the student has made the decision not tocontinue taking a subject and has filed withinthe time specified in the academic calendarthe approved required forms with the Regis-trar’s Office.

The student may, with the permission of theteacher, and subsequently of the Vice Dean

for Academic Affairs (for CAS subjects) orthe Program Director (for specialization sub-jects), withdraw from any subject he or sheis enrolled in, provided that the withdrawalis made within the period indicated in theuniversity calendar and that such withdrawaldoes not result in an academic load lowerthan 15 units.

Until the request is officially granted, thestudent must continue to attend classes inthe subject from which he or she wishes to

withdraw. Otherwise, the student may begiven a failing mark due to absences.

Requests for permitted withdrawals areentertained only from students who have notexceeded the number of absences allowedby the University in the pertinent subjects.

Audited (AUD) means that the student hasenrolled for a class with the understandingthat he or she will not be given any academiccredits.

Credited (CRD) means that the subject takenby the student at another educational institu-tion is accredited by the University, and thestudent will, therefore, be given academiccredits for the subject.

Transfer students can request for the accredi-tation of the subjects they have taken in theirprevious school(s). Accreditation requestswill be entertained only if1. The applicant submits his or her request

to the Registrar’s Office not later than a

month before the start of regular classes,and

2. The application is accompanied by thetranscript(s) of records from the previousschool(s), as well as the pertinent coursedescriptions and syllabi.

The processing of the request (includingadministration and evaluation of a validating

examination, whenever applicable) must becompleted at least a week before the regularsemester enrollment to enable the studentto determine what subjects to enroll in.Requests for accreditation after the specifiedperiod are not allowed.

Release of GradesThe students’ grades are completely con-fidential. They are released only through apersonal transaction between the studentand the teacher or the Registrar. Ordinarily,grades may not be obtained by proxy. When-

ever grades may be viewed electronicallyby the students, the University adopts strictsecurity measures to maintain confidential-ity so that only the student concerned canview his or her grades. Students should alsotake precautionary measures to protect thisconfidentiality. The University is not liablefor any breach in confidentiality caused bythe students’ negligence or consent.

Grades may now be viewed online via theUA&P website and on-campus kiosks.

A copy of the summary of final grades is sentby mail to the student’s parents or guardians.The Registrar’s Office may opt to withholdthe final grades if the student has not com-pletely settled his or her accounts or in casecertain credentials required for enrollmenthave not been submitted.

Academic RecognitionStudents who excel in their academics aregiven due recognition. The Registrar’s Officereleases the following lists a month after theend of each semester:

Dean’s ListThe Dean’s List recognizes students whohave shown excellent academic performancein a particular semester based on theirWeighted Average (WA) for that semester.

To be on the Dean’s List, the student musthave:• A Weighted Average (WA) of 1.50 or bet-

ter for that particular semester;• A regular academic load for the semester;

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



• No failing mark during his or her entirestay in the University; and

• No incomplete mark for the current se-mester.

Note: Grades from the previous SummerTerm are included when computing for theFirst Semester Dean’s List.

President’s List

The President’s List recognizes students whohave shown excellent academic performancethroughout their stay in the University basedon their General Weighted Average (GWA).

To be on the President’s List, the studentmust have:• A General Weighted Average (GWA) of

1.50 or better at the end of the semester;• A regular academic load;• No failing mark during his or her entire

stay in the University; and• No incomplete mark for the current se-

mester.Note: Students become eligible for inclusionin the President’s List after they have com-pleted two semesters in the University.

If a student consistently earns a place onthese lists, he or she is on the path to gradu-ating with Academic Honors.

General Weighted Average The General Weighted Average (GWA) iscomputed on the basis of the grades (1.00,1.25, 1.50, 1.75, 2.00, 2.25, 2.50, 2.75, 3.00,

and 3.50) given for all subjects completed atand/or credited by the University, includingPE, but excluding IPD, NSTP, and Asia-PacificLanguage subjects.

PE, though not an academic subject, isincluded in the GWA computation, in ac-cordance with the Commission on HigherEducation (CHED) policy.

Aside from being an indicator of the stu-dent’s academic performance, the GWA isused to determine the student’s eligibility for

academic recognition (President’s List) andgraduation honors. The Weighted Average(WA) for the semester is also a criterion foracademic recognition (Dean’s List).

The GWA is computed differently from theWA used to determine retention in the Uni-versity.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Separation from the University

Leave of absence A Leave of Absence (LOA) is granted if a stu-dent wishes to separate from the Universitytemporarily for non-academic or non-disci-plinary reasons. If the student is granted anLOA, he or she may continue his or her edu-cation in UA&P at a later date, provided the

student observes the Maximum ResidencyRule. LOA periods are included when comput-ing a student’s residency at the University.The duration of the LOA is limited to one year,but may be extended on a case-to-case basis.

Students who are on Leave of Absence can-not be issued an Official Transcript of Recordor transfer credentials, as they are still con-sidered students of the University. For thisreason, they are not supposed to apply foradmission to another university while theyare on Leave of Absence. Students who wish

to transfer to another university must firstvoluntarily withdraw from the University.

Voluntary withdrawal If a student is voluntarily withdrawing or sep-arating from the University, for academic orother reasons, the student must inform theRegistrar’s Office, in writing and with the sig-nature of his or her parent/s or guardian, ofhis or her intention to voluntarily withdrawfrom the University. Subsequent proceduresfor voluntary withdrawal are detailed in theStudent Handbook.

Transfer credentialsTransfer credentials are issued only to thosewho are voluntarily withdrawing from theUniversity. Transfer credentials may bewithheld due to suspension, expulsion, ornon-settlement of property and financial ob-ligations. These documents will be releasedwhen the student’s obligations are settled orthe penalty of suspension is lifted.

Temporary transcript of record A temporary transcript of record, which lists

all the grades for subjects the student hascompleted in the University, may be issuedupon the student’s request in writing shouldhe or she decide to transfer to another uni-versity. The temporary transcript of record isissued only for the purpose of evaluation byanother university.

Official transcript of record An Official Transcript of Record is issued only to1. Students who have graduated from the

University and

2. Students who have transferred to and havebeen accepted by another university.

For students who have transferred to anotheruniversity, the Official Transcript of Record isissued directly to the university to which thestudent is transferring and upon the writtenrequest of the said university. It cannot bepersonally given to the student unless autho-

rized by the requesting university.

Retention PolicyThe retention policy is an academic standardthat determines the competence of a studentto meet the more rigorous demands of thehigher levels of the University program.

AB/BS four-year programs To be retained in the University, students un-der the AB/BS four-year programs must meetthe following standards:• Attain a weighted average (WA) of 2.75 in

their freshman and sophomore years• Pass at least 70% of the total number of

academic units coursed in the junior year(including summer term)

• Pass all the required subjects for gradua-tion in the senior year

• Limit residency to six years

Note: Students under the B.S. Industrial Engi-neering program, which has a five-year cur-riculum as mandated by CHED, must meetthe following standards:• Attain a WA of 2.75 in their freshman,

sophomore, and junior years• Pass at least 70% of the total number of

academic units coursed in the fourth year(including summer term)

• Pass all the required subjects for gradua-tion in the fifth year

• Limit residency to seven years

MA/MS five-year programs To be retained in the University, studentsunder the MA/MS five-year programs mustmeet the required minimum standards:• Attain the following WA:

- 2.75 in their first year (for entry intosecond year)- 2.50 in their second year (for entry intothird year)- 2.25 in their third year (for entry intofourth year)- 2.00 in their fourth year (for entry intofifth year)

• Pass all the required subjects for gradu-ation in the fifth year


7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



• Complete all CAS subjects by the sum-mer term of their third year

Additional retention standards may be re-quired by the student’s specific program ofstudy, especially for admission to the fifthyear of the five-year programs.

Weighted Average (WA)The weighted average used to determineretention in the University is computed onthe basis of the grades given for all academicsubjects (excluding PE, IPD, NSTP, and Asia-Pacific Language subjects) completed at and/ or credited by the University within a givenschool year.

Included in the WA computation are the fol-lowing subjects:a. All academic subjects (that is, excuding

PE, IPD, NSTP, and Asia-Pacific Languagesubjects, which are non-academic sub-

jects)b. Previously failed subjects (remedial sub-jects) re-taken during the first or secondsemester (Remedial subjects re-takenduring summer are not included in thecomputation.)

c. Required subjects (non-remedial sub-jects) taken for the first time during thesummer will be included in the computa-tion of the WA for the succeeding year.

Note: A passing grade for a subject that thestudent has previously failed within the year

(or during the previous summer) does notreplace his or her previous failing mark. Bothmarks are included in the computation of theWA.

No CAS Back Subject PolicyStudents under the MA/MS five-year pro-grams who have back subjects (subjects inthe CAS curriculum not taken for whateverreason, or CAS subjects failed and not yetre-taken or passed) shall not be allowed toenroll in the graduate level (fourth year ofthe five-year programs).

The Manual of Regulations for Private High-er Education (MORPHE), Art. II, Section 8requires a Bachelor’s degree as a minimumqualification for entry to the graduate level.The fourth year of the five-year programs isequivalent to the first year of the graduatelevel. For this reason, students under thefive-year programs have to complete all theCAS subjects that are required for their bach-elor’s degree (Bachelor of Arts in Humani-ties). To avoid being delayed, the student

must make sure that he or she completes allthe CAS subjects by the summer term of thejunior year.

Maximum Residency RuleStudents are allowed to course their cur-ricula for the maximum number of yearsdepending on the normal duration of theirprogram.

Normal program durationCAS curriculum 3 yearsAB/BS programs 4 yearsMA/MS programs 5 years

Maximum residencyCAS curriculum 5 yearsAB/BS programs 6 years (inclusive of

CAS)MA/MS programs 7 years (inclusive of

CAS)

Students cannot earn a degree if they ex-ceed the maximum residency period withoutcompleting their program of study. A di-ploma, therefore, cannot be issued to them.The y may, however, request for a certificateindicating the subjects they completed in theUniversity.

Graduation The awarding of a degree from the Univer-sity is premised on the student’s satisfactorycompletion of the academic and other re-quirements of his or her program. Only those

who have satisfactorily complied with all theacademic and other requirements shall beeligible for honors and privileges accruing toa full graduate of the University.

Academic honorsAcademic honors are given to students whohave completed their respective programs ofstudy with the following GWAs:

Summa cum laude GWA of 1.00 - 1.10Magna cum laude GWA of 1.11 - 1.30Cum laude GWA of 1.31 - 1.50

No student who has received a failing markin any subject credited by the University maygraduate with honors.

DiplomaStudents who graduate from any of the five-year MA/MS programs have earned two de-grees, and hence shall receive two diplomasupon graduation: one for their bachelor’sdegree (Bachelor of Arts in Humanities) andone for their master’s degree.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



The Schools

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



College of Arts

and Sciences

The College of Arts and Sciences (CAS) is the

main gateway to the University.

CAS’s three-year Liberal Arts program givesstudents a solid foundation in the humani-ties. It enables students to determine theirstrengths and interests by equipping themwith enhanced learning skills. After comple-tion of the undergraduate program, studentsmove on to their field of specialization.

Education in CAS has the following features:• A liberal education curriculum that inte-

grates learning skills with knowledge ofthe basic principles of major disciplines.

• A tutorial system with one-on-one ses-sions between mentor and student tohelp bring general theory down to a per-sonal level and integrate intellectual skillsand knowledge with values.

• A co-curricular program with activitiesthat foster professionalism and a spiritof solidarity with those in greatest needin society, and contribute to the integra-tion of skills, knowledge, and values with

action.

The following departments compose the Col-lege of Arts and Sciences:• Department of Arts• Department of Asia Pacific Studies• Department of English• Department of Filipino• Department of History• Department of Literature• Department of Philosophy• Department of Physical Education• Department of Religion

CAS confers the following degrees:• Bachelor of Arts in Humanities• Master of Arts in Humanities

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



LIBERAL ARTS PROGRAM

The Liberal Arts courses give students asolid foundation in the humanities. It en-ables them to determine their strengths andinterests by equipping them with enhancedlearning skills. After completing the under-graduate program, students move on totheir field of specialization.

The academic load of the Liberal Arts cur-riculum consists of 128 academic units forscience majors and 126 for non-sciencemajors, and 29 non-academic units. The latteris comprised of 8 units of Physical Educationcourses, 6 units of the National Service Train-ing Program, 3 units of Introduction to PeopleDevelopment, and 12 Foreign Language units.

The Liberal Arts program is composed ofthe following clusters:• Theology

• Fundamentals of the Person• Christian Civilization• Literature• Arts• Language• Mathematics• Sciences• Philippine Society• Asia Pacific Studies• Fundamentals of Society

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Theology - 9 units The Creed (TH 101)This is a philosophical and theological studyof the basic creedal truths of the Catholic re-ligion following the outline of the Catechismof the Catholic Church.

The Seven Sacraments (TH 102)The first half of the course is a theological andpractical study of how each sacrament is car-ried out, with the goal of helping the studentsunderstand the great value of the sacramentalrite. The second part is devoted to the studyof conjugal love, marriage, and family from apersonal viewpoint following the valuable in-sights of John Paul II’s Theology of the Body .

Moral Theology (TH 103)In this course, the linkages of the creedaltruths and the sacramental economy toChristian living are studied. Specific normsof Christian living (Ten Commandments) arestudied in detail in order to learn how to growin personal communion with the Blessed Trin-ity.

Fundamentals of the Person - 9 units Introduction to Philosophical Anthropology Part 1(PH 100)This is a highly abstract course that studies thehuman person from a philosophical perspec-tive: what he is, who he is, what it means tohave a body, psyche, intelligence, will, affectiv-ity, and biography. It explores the meaning ofself-realization, self-transcendence, and self-

expression. The course aims to educate a per-son’s way of looking at one’s self and others.

Introduction to Philosophical Anthropology Part 2(PH 102)This course focuses on the fundamental natureand processes of human thought and knowl-edge vis-à-vis some practical issues on learn-ing how to think. The course explores man’suse of reason and its relation to culture andleisure, humanization, refinement, and expres-sion of the human spirit in light of who and

what it means to be a human person.

Philosophy of the Family (PH 101)This course studies the nature, properties,and ends of the family based on the correctunderstanding of human dignity and what aperson is. This is a preparatory course, boththeoretical and practical, on marriage andfamily life. The emphasis is on the internaldynamism of the family both as an inter-per-sonal relationship and an institution.

Ethics (PH 103)

Providing a general understanding of how toassess and evaluate one’s acting with respect tooneself and to others, this course aims to enablethe students to critically think about ethical issuesand ultimately align reasoning and personal act-ing with his/her authentic humanity. In this light,the students are assumed to have mastered thecontent of moral theology.

Christian Civilization - 6 units/3 units A Survey of Christian Civilization (CIV 111)This course is divided into three main parts: the

first centuries of Christianity, the history of Chris-tendom during the Middle Ages, and the Chris-tian Civilization and the Modern World. A majoremphasis of this course is how the Christian faithand the Church’s organization interacted withand affected the political, economic, social, andcultural contexts through time.

Formation of Christian Civilization (CIV 121)The course discusses the foundation of Christi-anity during the apogee of the Roman Empire,the life of the early Christians, the context of the

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



development of Christian teaching, the contri-butions of monasticism, the conversion of theBarbarians, and the evolving interrelationshipof the Church with the temporal sphere and itsmultidimensional consequences.

Christian Civilization and the Modern World (CIV 122)This course studies the action and imprintof Christianity in modernity, particularly on

Western civilization and those societies andcultures it came in contact with and influ-enced. A combination of a chronologicalframework and thematic approach is used.

Literature - 12 units for 5-year programs Classical Literature (Iliad and Aeneid) (LIT 101)This course introduces students to the studyof literary pieces that are considered time-less. It aims for students to develop a criti-cal understanding of classical literary worksthrough active reading, methodical analysis,and rational discussion of the text.

Renaissance Literature (Shakespeare) (LIT 102)This course encourages students to analyzethe literature not just as a work of fiction butalso as a product of a particular time andculture. Class discussions explore man’sstruggle between truth and falsehood, goodand evil, reason and passion, thought andaction, as he encounters a diversity of char-acters and situations in the world.

Medieval Literature (Dante) (LIT 103)

This course provides students with a forumfor the continued development of their coreskills of listening, speaking, reading, andwriting, as well as the enhancement of theircreative and critical thinking skills throughcomprehension, inferences, and evaluationof Dante Alighieri’s Divine Comedy .

Modern Literature* (LIT 104)Designed as a synthesis course, LIT 104 pro-vides students with a forum for the contin-ued development of their core skills of listen-ing, speaking, reading, and writing throughthe comprehension, analysis, synthesis,interpretation, evaluation, and appreciationof modern literary texts.*not offered in four-year programs

Arts - 9 units Fine Arts (ART 101)This course provides students with the edu-cation of the sense of sight. It trains them tosee (i.e., to look intelligently at the visual arts:painting, sculpture, architecture, photography,

digital art, and installation art). The course de-velops in the students the skills to perceive andrespond to works of art critically through theanalysis of form, subject, and content.

Film (ART 102A)This course introduces students to the lan-guage of film (i.e., its narrative and stylisticelements) as a means of communicating

human struggles, ideas, emotions, and situ-ations. It guides them in judging the qualityof the use of various elements to expressmeanings, achieve certain effects, and elicitcertain responses through the critical analy-sis of various films, broadening their sensi-tivity to beauty.

Music (ART 102B)The course introduces students to the medi-um of music as a form of artistic expression.It enables them to develop informed valuejudgments on the quality of music throughan understanding of the elements of musicguided by selected reading in aesthetics, his-tory, criticism, and production.

Theater (ART 104)The course introduces students to the ele-ments of theater arts as found in Western,Eastern, and Philippine theater traditions. Itaims to make students understand theater asa form of aesthetic expression using historyas a framework, and develop the skills neces-sary to watch theater productions through

analysis of form.

Language - 18 units Communication Arts 1 (ENG 101)This course aims to strengthen and refine thestudents’ macro-skills of listening, speaking,reading, and writing as well as their criticaland creative thinking skills. It also emphasiz-es audience analysis, organization skills, anddelivery techniques as students deliver effec-tive oral interpretations before an audience.

Communication Arts 2 (ENG 102)This course aims to strengthen and refine thestudents’ macro-skills of listening, speaking,reading, and writing as well as their criticaland creative thinking skills. Through the writ-ing of informative, reflective, and persuasiveessays, students develop their ability to com-municate clearly, coherently, and effectively.They also have an opportunity to practicetheir speaking skills in a formal debate.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Research Writing (ENG 103)This course is designed to hone the students’critical and creative thinking skills as well astheir language and research skills. Studentsidentify research topics and investigate themthoroughly in order to produce researchpapers.

Komunikasyon sa Akademikong Filipino (FIL 101) - 3

unitsAng kursong ito ay isang metalinggwistik napag-aaral sa gamit ng akademikong Filipinosa iba’t ibang sitwasyon at larangan. Saparaang interdisiplinaryo at interaktibo, ina-asahang mauunawaan at malilinang sa mgaestudyante ang mga kailangang kaalaman atkasanayang komunikatibo: pakikinig, pagsa-salita, pagbasa, pagsulat.

Pagbasa at Pagsulat Tungo sa Pananaliksik (FIL 102)- 3 unitsAng kursong ito ay pagpapalawak ng mgakaalaman at kasanayan sa kritikal na pag-basa at lohikal na pagsulat tungo sa pagsa-sagawa ng sariling pananaliksik. Ituturo dinsa asignaturang ito ang mga kasalukuyangteorya at praktika sa pagsasagawa ng aka-demiko at iskolarling pananaliksik para sapagsulat ng iba’t ibang papel o komposisyonna kakikitaan ng seryoso at mataas na antasng pag-iisip at pagtatala ng mga nakuhangimpormasyon at kaalaman.

Masining na Pagpapahayag: Retorikang Filipino (FIL

103)Sumasaklaw ang asignaturang ito sa mgabatayang prinsipyo ng Retorika tungo sa ma-sining at mabisang paraan ng pagpapahayagkaugnay ng apat na batayang uri ng diskurso:paglalarawan, pagsasalaysay, paglalahad,at pangangatwiran na may tuon sa estilo atwastong paggamit ng wikang Filipino sa mgagawaing pasalita at pasulat sa klase.

Filipino for Foreign Students 1 (FFS 1) (katumbas ngFIL 101)

Tinatawag itong “Conversational Filipino,”na nakatuon sa pag-aaral at gamit ng wikangFilipino sa iba’t ibang sitwasyong pangwika.Itinuturo sa mga estudyante ang wasto atangkop na paggamit ng Filipino sa pagkuhang kinakailangang impormasyon, pakikipag-usap sa mga kaklase, pag-unawa sa mga di-reksyon at patalastas, at pagtanggap ng mgatuntunin o patakaran, pasalita man o pasulat.

Filipino for Foreign Students 2 (FFS 2) (katumbas ngFIL 102)Tinatawag itong “Intermediate Filipino,” nanagbibigay-diin sa pag-aaral sa mga tuntun-ing pambalarila ng wikang Filipino, sa pag-sulat ng maiikli at simpleng pangungusap,at sa pagbasa ng mga simpleng tekstongnasusulat sa wikang ito.

Filipino for Foreign Students 3 (FFS 3) (katumbas ngFIL 103)Tinatawag itong “Advance Filipino,” nanakapokus sa patuloy na pagpapahusay samga kaalaman at kasanayang natanggap nang mga estudyante sa naunang dalawangkurso. Bukod diyan, bibigyan sila ng pag-kakataong bumasa ng mga piniling tekstomula sa Panitikang Filipino na angkop sakanilang kakayahan o antas ng pagkatuto. Saganitong paraan, inaasahan na lubos nilangmauunawaan ang mga katangian ng isang

Pilipino at ng lipunang ginagalawan nila.

Mathematics - 6 units for Non-IEP and Non-IT Major,and 8 units for IEP and IT majors General Mathematics I (MATH 1)The course focuses on enhancing logicalthinking through mathematical or symboliclogic, precision in numerical expressionthrough the algebra of numbers presentedas an axiomatic system, and problem solv-ing through proper translation of words orsentences into mathematical symbols andalgebraic solutions.

General Mathematics II (MATH 2)The course focuses on enhancing logicalthinking, precision in numerical expressions,and problem solving through Euclidean andNon-Euclidean geometries, calculus, prob-ability, and statistics.

Sciences - 9 units Biology 1 (SC 101)This course discusses the cell, tissues, bio-energetics, life processes, genetics, body

systems, and the latest findings on scientificissues related to this discipline in a logicaland comprehensive way. Likewise, labora-tory activities are included to enhance andfacilitate the teaching-learning process inthis course.

Environmental Science (SC 102)This course includes the review of the basicconcepts about the environment, traditionalsciences, relevant issues (in politics, busi-ness, and laws), values, and global concerns.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



It also encourages the students to do criticalthinking and inculcates in them the sincereconcern of all the forms of living and non-living components of ecosystems.

Physics (SC 103)The course presents the material universe interms of the physical concepts, principles, laws,equations, and theories that physicists have dis-

covered and formulated to describe and predictthe properties, behavior, and motion of matterand energy through space and time.

Chemistry (SC 104)The course presents the material universe interms of the chemical theories that scientistshave discovered and formulated in orderto describe and predict the properties andbehavior of different types of matter and thechanges they undergo.

Philippine Society - 12 units Philippine History (PS 101)The course is a critical analysis of the devel-opment of the Filipino nation. Its political,social, economic, cultural, intellectual, aswell as religious foundations are studied inan integrative manner to cast light on thehistorical bases of contemporary Philippinerealities. The course takes on a more globalperspective by placing events and/or devel-opments in their appropriate regional andinternational contexts.

Philippine Society and Culture (PS 102)This course introduces students to the notionof civic engagement through a re-appreci-ation of its socio-cultural identity broughtabout by the people’s history. It capitalizeson the reality that Filipinos are a historicallydeveloped group of people. Thus, it is impor-tant for students to understand how geogra-phy, ethnicity, values, social institutions, andexternal forces interact and shape, over time,the Filipino way of life.

Philippine Politics and Governance (PS 103)This course responds to the Filipinos’ need tounderstand politics and how to make it work.It retraces the historical beginnings, structuraldimensions, organizational functions, social-cultural influences, and dynamics that setPhilippine politics and governance apart fromother systems.

The Life and Works of Rizal (PS 104)A sequel to Philippine History, the courseprovides students with a deeper understand-

ing and appreciation of Jose Rizal’s intellectualdevelopment, the role he played in the emer-gence of Filipino nationalism, and his conceptof a civic community. The course provides anopportunity for students to explore the inter-section of history and biography.

Asia Pacific Studies – 18 units for 5-year programs North American Studies (APS 101)

The course focuses on the interplay of social,political, cultural, and economic dimensionsof the United States of America within theinternational system particularly in the Asia-Pacific region. It covers important facets ofAmerican civilization, which include fun-damental view of American government,economy, ideology, society, and culture.

China Studies (APS 102A) The course gives undergraduate students abackground on one of the biggest and mostpowerful countries in the world today. Theteaching of China Studies is interdisciplinaryin nature. Geography, philosophy, religion,archeology, arts, culture, literature, politics,history, economics, and international rela-tions are utilized in teaching the course.

Japan Studies (APS 102B)The course is intended to give undergradu-ate students an overview of the first industri-alized country in Asia. It looks primarily intothe historical roots of the nation, surveyingand highlighting the major events and key

figures that shaped Japan into what it istoday. The course also aims to examine Ja-pan’s integral role in the world today.

Southeast Asian Studies (APS 103)This is an introductory course on the processof nation-building and regional cooperationamong the states comprising the modern andcontemporary Southeast Asian region. It aimsto make the students comprehend the continu-ing evolution of Southeast Asian nations andhow the region serves as a vital partner in the

economic and political growth of the Asia-Pacific region.

Australian Studies (APS 104)The course introduces to undergraduatestudents the social, political, cultural, andeconomic dimensions of Australia and theinterplay of these dimensions within the nationand within the Asia-Pacific region. This three-unit course traces the origins of Australia as aculture, nation, and society and highlights theimportant facets of Australian civilization.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Latin American Studies/Mexico (APS 105)The course is designed to provide studentswith an overview of Latin America throughMexico as the point of convergence and atthe same time a springboard to themes anddebates apparent and emergent in the histor-ical, social, political, cultural, and economicdimensions.

Fundamentals of Society – 6 units Basic Economics (FOS 101)This course is an introduction to the field ofeconomics. The first part is macroeconomics,which introduces students to the workingsof the economy. The second part takes upmicroeconomics, which tackles the resourceallocation problem from the point of view ofthe firm and markets.

Political Thought (FOS 102)This course is designed to provide studentswith a deeper understanding and apprecia-tion of the philosophical underpinnings ofdemocracy, not only as a form of rule butalso as a system of political ethics. It intro-duces students to a range of ideas that formthe corpus of what is more widely known asliberal democracy.

FACULTYDepartment of Arts

Laya Boquiren-GonzalesPh.D. Philippine Studies (coursework)

University of the Philippines DilimanM.A. Art StudiesUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Mairene LeynesM.A. Liberal Arts Major in Art HistoryUniversidad de Navarra, Spain

Veronica RamirezPh.D. Educational AdministrationUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Arthur Joseph Vito CruzM.A. Education Major in Liberal EducationUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Department of Asia Pacific Studies

Maria Christina Victoria Angela CaytonM.A. HumanitiesUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Ma. Concepcion LagosPh.D. Philippine Studies (coursework)University of the Philippines DilimanM.A. Political EconomyUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Philip Michael PajePh.D. Philippine Studies (coursework)University of the Philippines Diliman

M.A. Philippine StudiesUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Elizabeth UrgelPh.D. Philippine StudiesUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Department of English

Ma. Socorro ClaudioM.A. EducationUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Robert CortesM.A. Education LeadershipColumbia University, USA

Linette De GuzmanM.A. Teaching English LanguageDe La Salle University

Tara DonozoPh.D. Educational ManagementDe La Salle University

Alfonso Augusto HiquianaPh.D. English Studies: LanguageUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Felicidad MallariM.A. Language EducationUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Victor PrimoM.A. Education Major inEducational AdministrationJose Rizal University

Judy TanaelPh.D. Education Major in EducationalPsychologyUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Arwin VibarPh.D. LinguisticsUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Department of Filipino

Moreal CambaPh.D. Philippine Studies (coursework)University of the Philippines DilimanM.A. Philippine StudiesUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Vivencio Talegon Jr.

Ph.D. in Language Planning (coursework)University of the Philippines DilimanM.A. Filipino LanguageUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Antonio TorralbaPh.D. PedagogyUniversidad de Navarra, Spain

Department of History

Marya Svetlana Camacho

Ph.D. HistoryUniversidad de Navarra, Spain

Clement CamposanoPh.D. Philippine StudiesUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Grace Liza ConcepcionPh.D. in Philippine Studies (coursework)University of the Philippines DilimanM.A. HistoryUniversidad de Navarra, Spain

Paul DumolPh.D. Medieval StudiesUniversity of Toronto, Canada

Ma. Victoria FerreriaM.A. HistoryAteneo de Manila University

Arnel JovenPh.D. HistoryUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Sophia MarcoPh.D. History (coursework)University of the Philippines DilimanM.A. HistoryUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Danielle Young Calantuan-MejosM.A. HumanitiesUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Juan MesquidaPh.D. HistoryUniversity of Santo Tomas

Mary Josefti NitoPh.D. History (coursework)University of the Philippines DilimanM.A. Humanities with Specialization in HistoryUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Department of Literature

Joachim Emilio AntonioPh.D. Creative WritingUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Maria Jesusa Carina AunarioPh.D. Education Major in EducationalPsychology (coursework)University of the Philippines DilimanM.A. Education-Reading

University of the Philippines Diliman

Raul CalsadoM.A. Teaching LiteraturePhilippine Normal University

Theresa Ma. Inez CortesPh.D. English Language and Literature(coursework)Ateneo de Manila UniversityM.A. HumanitiesUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Ma. Lourdes GonzalezPh.D. Comparative LiteratureUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Jose Marcelino NicdaoPh.D. Comparative LiteratureUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Leon J. Arthur PecksonM.A. HumanitiesUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Philip Samuel PecksonPh.D. English Language and Literature(coursework)Ateneo de Manila UniversityM.A. HumanitiesUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Michelle Monique TomacruzM.A. Language and LiteratureAteneo de Manila University

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Department of Philosophy

Ma. Andrelita CenzonPh.D. Philosophy, University of Santo TomasPh.D. Theology, Pontifical University of theHoly Cross, ItalyPh.D. Education, Universidad de Navarra,Rome branch

Ferdinand De Los ReyesM.A. PhilosophyUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Guillermo DionisioPh.D. Philosophy (coursework)University of Santo TomasM.A. PhilosophyUniversity of Santo Tomas

Lani Mae JunioPh.D. Philosophy

Universidad de Navarra, Spain

Ma. Asuncion MagsinoPh.D. PhilosophyUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Jose Maria MarianoPh.D. PhilosophyUniversidad de Navarra, Spain

Dean Edward MejosPh.D. Philosophy (coursework)University of Santo Tomas

M.A. PhilosophyUniversity of Santo Tomas

Corazon ToralbaPh.D. PhilosophyUniversity of Santo Tomas

Department of Physical Education

Brixtonn John BustoM.S. Human Movement Science (coursework)University of the Philippines Diliman

Bachelor of Physical EducationUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Christian DominguezM.S. Physical EducationUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Ma. Del Carmen Elvira GalvezM.S. Human Movement ScienceUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Alberto Jose MagpilyM.S. Human Movement ScienceUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Anamaria Laudet MangubatM.S. Human Movement ScienceUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Jamael Pangandaman

M.S. Human Movement Science (coursework)University of the Philippines DilimanBachelor in Sports ScienceUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Stella Marie UrbiztondoPh.D. Education in Research and Evaluation(candidate)University of the Philippines DilimanM.S. Physical EducationUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Joshua Ben VillarealM.S. Human Movement Science (coursework)University of the Philippines DilimanBachelor of Physical EducationUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Department of Religion

Antonio Eliezer Bermejo Jr.Ph.D. Sacred LiturgyPontifical Athenaeum of St. Anselm, Italy

Roberto LatorrePh.D. Sacred TheologyUniversidad de Navarra, Spain

Teodorico SantiagoPh.D. PhilosophyPontifical University of the Holy Cross, Italy

Caesar SantosPh.D. TheologyUniversidad de Navarra, Spain

Edgar SoriaPh.D. Canon LawUniversidad de Navarra, Spain

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



BACHELOR OF ARTS INHUMANITIES

The Bachelor of Arts in Humanities is de-signed to provide A.B. students with a broadgrasp of the humanistic disciplines. Aftertaking the liberal arts curriculum commonwith that of the M.A. students during the

first three years, they will be introduced to amore in-depth study of the four fields of theHumanities in their senior year. The coursesoffered aim at developing intellectual aware-ness through the use of interdisciplinaryapproaches.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESBecause of its intense interdisciplinary ap-proach, the Humanities program opens awide range of professions that graduates cango into and excel in. They can be any of thefollowing:• Educator• Literary/Art critic• Theater/Film associate• News/Features writer• Fictionist• Historian• Researcher• Curator• Lawyer

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTSEntry into the AB Humanities program is open

to students who comply with the University’sadmission requirements. They should pass theUA&P Entrance Exam and complete all docu-ments needed for admission.

ACADEMIC LOADFirst Year 1st semester 23 units 2nd semester 23 unitsSecond Year 1st semester 20 units 2nd semester 20 unitsThird Year 1st semester 24 units 2nd semester 21 units

Fourth Year 1st semester 21 units 2nd semester 18 units Summer 3 unitsTotal 173 units

STUDENT EVALUATIONFor 3rd Year (Undergraduate Level)Grade Point Description100-99 1.00 Excellent98-96 1.25 Superior95-93 1.50 Very Good

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



sion into the research methodologies, phi-losophies, perspectives, approaches, andissues encountered in the academic studyof history. It utilizes Philippine history as anarea of discourse and inquiry for exercisingthe principles and problematiques in the cur-rent scholarship.

Foundations of the Humanities (HUM 201)

The course covers the transmission of ideasfrom Classical Greece and Rome to the Post-modern Age. It is multidisciplinary in nature,with contributions from the four disciplinesof art, literature, philosophy, and history.

Work and Society for Hum (HUM 206)This course is a philosophical study of workin the light of its anthropological, socio-logical, and ethical dimensions. It seeks tohighlight the relevance of work as a humanactivity, contributing thus to the develop-ment of the worker, co-workers, culture, andsociety.

History of Ideas (HUM 207)The course introduces the students to aframework for understanding some of themajor philosophical trends in the West fromthe pre-Socratic era to the 20th century. Em-phasis is given to the historical significanceand genesis of ideas as well as the continu-ity and discontinuity in the history of devel-opment of the thought.

Research Methods (HUM 299)The course explores various research tech-niques needed by the students for design-ing, analyzing, and implementing researchprojects in the study of the Humanities.

Summer Internship (HUM 400)The course requires 60 hours of internshipwork at recognized partner institutions.

Latin Module (LAT 101 and LAT 102)This course is an attempt to familiarize stu-dents with the most basic elements of the

Latin language and its history and exposethem to a sampling of its rich literature, fromclassical times to the present.

Art Major SubjectsIntroduction to Art Theory (ART 201)This course focuses on the four disciplinesof art: aesthetics, art history, art criticism,and art production. It allows students toread selected texts on these disciplines andconverse intelligently. Analyses of particular

92-90 1.75 Good89-87 2.00 Satisfactory86-84 2.25 Sufficient83-81 2.50 Fair80-78 2.75 Competent77-75 3.00 Pass74-below 3.50 Fail

For 4 th Year

Grade Point Description100-99 1.00 Excellent98-96 1.25 Superior95-93 1.50 Very Good92-90 1.75 Good89-87 2.00 Satisfactory86-84 2.25 Sufficient83-81 2.50 Pass80-below 2.75 Fail

COURSES OFFEREDThird Year - First Semester

HIS 201 Introduction to Historical ResearchLIT 201 Introduction to Literary Genres

Third Year - Second SemesterART 201 Introduction to Art TheoryHUM 299 Research Methods

Fourth Year - First SemesterART 202 Visual ArtsHIS 202 HistoriographyHUM 201 Foundations of the HumanitiesLAT 101 Latin Module 1LIT 202 Western Literature

XXX Humanities Elective #1

Fourth Year - Second SemesterART 209 Film TheoryHIS 207 Philippine HistoriographyHUM 206 Work and SocietyHUM 207 History of IdeasLAT 102 Latin Module 2LIT 203 Asian Literature

Fourth Year – SummerHUM 400 Summer Internship Electives

HIS 204 Philippine Women Before the 20

th

CenturyHIS 208 Spanish Colonial Institutions in

the PhilippinesHUM 202 PedagogyLIT 205 Emergent LiteratureLIT 206 Philippine Narratives

COURSE DESCRIPTIONSIntroduction to Historical Research (HIS 201)This course serves as an introductory pathfor students seeking an in-depth immer-

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



artworks give focus to a more theoretical andobjective discussion of well-made art, theconcept of beauty, and the creative process.

Visual Arts (ART 202)This course is a study of the characteristics ofvisual art forms, using the process of read-ing visual images. Painting, sculpture, printmedia, and contemporary art expressions are

examined through class discussions, lectures,conversations with artists, multi-media pre-sentations, and museum visits.

Film Theory and Criticism (ART 209) This course introduces students to majortheories that have institutionalized the studyof film in academe within the discipline ofFilm Studies.

History Major SubjectsHistoriography (HIS 202)This course adopts the historical approach

to provide an overview of the developmentof historiography. Attention is given to thenature and functions of historiography and,in turn, to their philosophical underpinnings.

Philippine Women Before the 20th Century (HIS 204 )This course on the history of women in thePhilippines prior to the 20th century consistsmainly of a critical analysis of major primarysources for the period covered as well ascontemporary historiography on the subject.

Philippine Historiography (HIS 207 )This course is a survey of historical writingabout the Philippines from the first avail-able writings until the present-day scholarlyworks. It includes works written by foreign-ers and Filipinos.

Literature Major SubjectsIntroduction to Literary Genres (LIT 201)This course mainly focuses on the differentliterary genres: poetry, drama, short story,and the novel, particularly how each cameabout, developed, and who popularized

them.

Western Literature (LIT 202)The course traces the development of West-ern literature from the Classics produced byGreece and Rome up to the present trendsin the modern period as well as the latestdevelopments in these contemporaneoustimes.

Asian Literature (LIT 203)The course introduces the students torepresentative literary production fromcountries of Asia and the Pacific, includingIndonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand,Vietnam, and New Zealand, written in ortranslated to English.

Electives

Philippine Women Before the 20th Century (HIS 204)This course on the history of women in thePhilippines prior to the 20th century consistsmainly of a critical analysis of major primarysources for the period covered as well ascontemporary historiography on the subject.

Spanish Colonial Institutions in the Philippines (HIS208)This course delves into the history of colonialPhilippines during the Spanish regime andlooks into how the country’s political, social,economic, and religious traditions began andflourished. It allows the students to analyzeand critique these institutions that had beenestablished.

Pedagogy (HUM 202)This course introduces the art of teachingand management of learning. It teachespedagogy as a craft, an art, as well as a sci-ence, as it is governed by certain principlesof instruction and learning based on naturalstages of educational development.

Emergent Literature (LIT 205)The course explores non-canonical literarytexts of the western hemisphere, mirroringtheir milieu and their impact on their respec-tive societies.

Philippine Narratives (LIT 206)The course exposes students to a selectionof literary pieces written in the English lan-guage, as produced by local Filipino writers.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTSThe awarding of a degree from the Univer-sity is premised on the satisfactory comple-tion of the curriculum requirements of theprogram of study by the student.

Candidates for graduation must complete allacademic and non-academic requirements ofthe graduate program and clear all academicdeficiencies.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



MASTER OF ARTS INHUMANITIES

The Humanities program of the Universityof Asia and the Pacific (UA&P) is a holisticprogram that aims to build on the students’passion for history, philosophy, literature,and the arts. This field of study focuses on

man—his motivations, his capabilities, hislimitations, and those that are universal inhim throughout human history.

The Master of Arts in Humanities studentsshare a common liberal arts curriculum withthe A.B. students during their first threeyears in UA&P. On their third year, they willbegin to take specialized subjects in theHumanities. Also, in their fifth year, they areexpected to write a thesis based on their cho-sen field of specialization, either History orLiterature. Upon graduation, they are expect-ed to be familiar with concepts specific totheir chosen field of study on top of having agood grasp of the different theories belong-ing to the disciplines of the Humanities.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESBecause of its intense interdisciplinary ap-proach, the Humanities program opens awide range of professions that graduates cango into and excel in. They can be any of thefollowing:• Educator

• Literary/Art critic• Theater/Film associate• News/Features writer• Fictionist• Historian• Researcher• Curator• Lawyer

QUALIFICATIONS TO 5TH YEAR A CAS student interested in taking the fifthyear of the M.A. Humanities program has to

abide by the following qualifications:1. The student needs to have a GeneralWeighted Average (GWA) of 2.0 or higherfor all subjects taken in the Humanitiesprogram.

2. The student should have passing marksin all of the Humanities subjects. A failingmark automatically disqualifies a studentfrom being accepted into the fifth year.

3. The student should submit a letter ofintent to the Program indicating pos-sible research topics or at least probable

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



areas of research. The letter should besubmitted to the Humanities program byFebruary 1 of the second semester of thestudent’s senior year.

4. The student is expected to take a psycho-logical examination (to be administeredby the CSA – Guidance Desk) also withinFebruary of the second semester of thestudent’s senior year.

The student’s application will be reviewed bya panel composed of the Program Director,Humanities faculty members, and the Hu-manities Coordinator.

The student will be notified of the decisionof the panel before the end of April, summerterm of the student’s senior year.

Graduates of Other UniversitiesThose who have completed their bachelor’sdegree at other universities should submit

the following:1. A copy of his or her transcript of records

(with no failing marks in any of the majorsubjects)

2. A letter of intent addressed to the Pro-gram Director.

The student should attend the scheduled in-terview with the panel of senior Humanitiesfaculty members.

It is only upon completing this process that

the applicant will be accepted into the fifth-year master’s program.

ACADEMIC LOADFirst Year 1st semester 26 units 2nd semester 26 unitsSecond Year 1st semester 26 units 2nd semester 26 unitsThird Year 1st semester 30 units 2nd semester 27 unitsFourth Year 1st semester 18 units 2nd semester 21 units Summer 3 unitsFifth Year 1st semester 9 units 2nd semester 6 unitsTotal 218 units

STUDENT EVALUATIONFor 3rd Year (Undergraduate Level)Grade Point Description100-99 1.00 Excellent98-96 1.25 Superior95-93 1.50 Very Good92-90 1.75 Good

89-87 2.00 Satisfactory86-84 2.25 Sufficient83-81 2.50 Fair80-78 2.75 Competent77-75 3.00 Pass74-below 3.50 Fail

For 4th and 5th Year (M.A. Level)Grade Point Description

100-99 1.00 Excellent98-96 1.25 Superior95-93 1.50 Very Good92-90 1.75 Good89-87 2.00 Satisfactory86-84 2.25 Sufficient83-81 2.50 Pass80-below 2.75 Fail

COURSES OFFEREDThird Year - First SemesterHIS 201 Introduction to Historical Research

LIT 201 Introduction to Literary Genres

Third Year - Second SemesterART 201 Introduction to Art TheoryHUM 299 Research Methods

Fourth Year - First SemesterART 202 Visual ArtsHIS 202 HistoriographyHUM 201 Foundations of the HumanitiesLAT 101 Latin Module 1LIT 202 Western LiteratureXXX Humanities Elective #1

Fourth Year - Second SemesterART 209 Film TheoryHIS 207 Philippine HistoriographyHUM 206 Work and SocietyHUM 207 History of IdeasLAT 102 Latin Module 2LIT 203 Asian LiteratureXXX Humanities Elective #2

Fourth Year – SummerHUM 400 Summer Internship

Fifth Year - First SemesterHUM 203* Sources of Rizal’s ThoughtHUM 301 Thesis Writing 1LIT 204** Literary Theory and CriticismXXX Humanities Elective #3

Fifth Year - Second SemesterHUM 205 Philosophy of ArtHUM 302 Thesis Writing 2

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



ElectivesHIS 204* Philippine Women Before the 20th

CenturyHIS 208* Spanish Colonial Institutions in

the PhilippinesHUM 202 PedagogyLIT 205** Emergent LiteratureLIT 206** Philippine Narratives

* For those specializing in History** For those specializing in Literature

COURSE DESCRIPTIONSIntroduction to Historical Research (HIS 201)This course serves as an introductory pathfor students seeking an in-depth immer-sion into the research methodologies, phi-losophies, perspectives, approaches, andissues encountered in the academic studyof history. It utilizes Philippine history as anarea of discourse and inquiry for exercising

the principles and problematiques in the cur-rent scholarship.

Foundations of the Humanities (HUM 201)The course covers the transmission of ideasfrom Classical Greece and Rome to the Post-modern Age. It is multidisciplinary in nature,with contributions from the four disciplinesof art, literature, philosophy, and history.

Philosophy of Art (HUM 205)The course analyzes each of the seven finearts (architecture, sculpture, painting, music,

dance, poetry, and drama) plus film, usingthe concepts of matter and form.

Work and Society for Hum (HUM 206)This course is a philosophical study of workin the light of its anthropological, sociological,and ethical dimensions. It seeks to highlightthe relevance of work as a human activity,contributing thus to the development of theworker, co-workers, culture, and society.

History of Ideas (HUM 207)

The course introduces the students to aframework for understanding some of themajor philosophical trends in the West fromthe pre-Socratic era to the 20th century. Em-phasis is given to the historical significanceand genesis of ideas as well as the continuityand discontinuity in the history of develop-ment of the thought.

Thesis Writing I and II (HUM 301 and HUM 302)These courses provide the qualified gradu-

ate student with the guidance needed toembark on the initial research for the writingof a thesis paper. It defines and explains themethodology as well as the ultimate purposeof graduate research within the fields ofliterature and history.

Research Methods (HUM 299)The course explores various research tech-

niques needed by the students for design-ing, analyzing, and implementing researchprojects in the study of the Humanities.

Summer Internship (HUM 400)The course requires 60 hours of internshipwork at recognized partner institutions.

Latin Module (LAT 101 and LAT 102)This course is an attempt to familiarize stu-dents with the most basic elements of theLatin language and its history and expose

them to a sampling of its rich literature, fromclassical times to the present.

Art Major Subjects

Introduction to Art Theory (ART 201)This course focuses on the four disciplinesof art: aesthetics, art history, art criticism,and art production. It allows students toread selected texts on these disciplines andconverse intelligently. Analyses of particularartworks give focus to a more theoretical andobjective discussion of well-made art, theconcept of beauty, and the creative process.

Visual Arts (ART 202)This course is a study of the characteristicsof visual art forms, using the process of read-ing visual images. Painting, sculpture, printmedia, and contemporary art expressionsare examined through class discussions, lec-tures, conversations with artists, multi-mediapresentation, and museum visits.

Film Theory and Criticism (ART 209)This course introduces students to major

theories that have institutionalized the studyof film in academe within the discipline ofFilm Studies.

History Major Subjects

Historiography (HIS 202)This course adopts the historical approachto provide an overview of the developmentof historiography. Attention is given to thenature and functions of historiography and,in turn, to their philosophical underpinnings.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Sources of Rizal’s Thought (HUM 203)The course examines the philosophicalinfluences, literary works and trends, histo-riographical studies, and related scholarlypursuits that shaped Rizal’s thought, as hislife and writings evince.

Philippine Historiography (HIS 207)This course is a survey of historical writing

about the Philippines from the first avail-able writings until the present-day scholarlyworks. It includes works written by foreign-ers and Filipinos.

Literature Major SubjectsIntroduction to Literary Genres (LIT 201)This course mainly focuses on the differentliterary genres: poetry, drama, short story,and the novel, particularly how each cameabout, developed, and the many authorswho popularized them.

Western Literature (LIT 202)The course traces the development of West-ern literature from the Classics produced byGreece and Rome up to the present trends inthe modern period as well as the latest devel-opments in these contemporaneous times.

Asian Literature (LIT 203)The course introduces the students to repre-sentative literary production from countriesof Asia and the Pacific, including Indonesia,Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam,and New Zealand, written in or translated toEnglish.

Literary Theory and Criticism (LIT 204)The course introduces students to the originof literary theories, their development, andmajor exponents as well as the basic tenetsof literary criticism.

ElectivesPhilippine Women Before the 20th Century (HIS 204)This course on the history of women in the

Philippines prior to the 20th

century consistsmainly of a critical analysis of major primarysources for the period covered as well as con-temporary historiography on the subject.

Spanish Colonial Institutions in the Philippines (HIS

208)This course delves into the history of colonialPhilippines during the Spanish regime andlooks into how the country’s political, social,economic, and religious traditions began andflourished. It allows the students to analyze

and critique these institutions that had beenestablished.

Pedagogy (HUM 202)This course introduces the art of teachingand management of learning. It teachespedagogy as a craft, an art, as well as a sci-ence, as it is governed by certain principlesof instruction and learning based on natural

stages of educational development.

Emergent Literature (LIT 205)The course explores non-canonical literarytexts of the western hemisphere, mirroringtheir milieu and their impact on their respec-tive societies.

Philippine Narratives (LIT 206)The course exposes students to a selectionof literary pieces written in the English lan-guage, as produced by local Filipino writers.



FACULTYMa. Cristina BorraM.A. Liberal StudiesNew York University, USA

Ma. Victoria Angela CaytonM.A. HumanitiesUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Robert CortesM.A. Education LeadershipColumbia University, USA

Paul DumolPh.D. Medieval StudiesUniversity of Toronto, Canada

Nanette DungoPh.D. SociologyUniversity of the Philippines

Laya Boquiren-GonzalesM.A. Art HistoryUniversity of the Philippines

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Ma. Lourdes GonzalezPh.D. Philippine StudiesUniversity of the Philippines

Ernesto GrioPh.D. Education Major in Social StudiesUniversity of the Philippines

Arnel Joven

Ph.D. HistoryUniversity of the Philippines

Lani Mae JunioPh.D. PhilosophyUniversidad de Navarra, Spain

Leodivico LacsamanaPh.D. Philippine StudiesUniversity of the Philippines

Ma. Asuncion Magsino

Ph.D. PhilosophyUniversity of the Philippines

Sophia MarcoM.A. HistoryUniversity of the Philippines

Jose Maria Arsenio MarianoPh.D. PhilosophyUniversidad de Navarra, Spain

Danielle Young Calantuan-MejosM.A. HumanitiesUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Juan MesquidaPh.D. HistoryUniversity of Santo Tomas

Jose Marcelino NicdaoPh.D. Comparative LiteratureUniversity of the Philippines

Enrique PortugalM.A. Philosophy

University of the Philippines

Veronica RamirezPh.D. Educational AdministrationUniversity of the Philippines

Arthur Joseph Vito CruzM.A. Education Major in Liberal EducationUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



School of

Communication

The School of Communication (SCM) offersthe pioneering program in integrated market-ing communications (IMC) in the Philippinesand is a leader in IMC education in Asia.

Formerly the Institute of Communication,the School draws strength from its multi-disciplinary IMC program and its facultycomposed of industry executives and distin-guished academicians.

Aside from its ties with the International Ad-

vertising Association (IAA), the School haslinkages with the American Marketing Asso-ciation (AMA), Asian Media Information andCommunication Centre (AMIC), the AmericanAcademy of Advertising (AAA), and the As-sociation for Education in Journalism andMass Communication (AEJMC).

SCM confers the following degrees:• Bachelor of Arts in Integrated Marketing

Communications• Master of Arts in Communication Major

in Integrated Marketing Communications• Bachelor of Arts in Media and Entertain-

ment Management

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



BACHELOR OF ARTS ININTEGRATED

MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS

The UA&P School of Communication isamong the first in Asia that offers a Bachelorof Arts in Integrated Marketing Communi-cations (IMC) and a Master of Arts in Com-

munication Major in Integrated MarketingCommunications (IMC).

The IMC program is a response to changesin the marketplace and in the fields of mediaand communication. Effective communica-tion today entails the integrated mix of manymarketing communication disciplines suchas advertising, public relations, brand activa-tion, and digital media marketing. Studentsdiscover the intricacies and nuances of eachdiscipline. Furthermore, they learn the effec-

tive way of putting them together to createvalue for brands and businesses.

IMC prepares forward-thinking professionalsfor a career in management, as they imbibea holistic and strategic approach to businessand brand communications planning that isaudience-focused, data- and results-driven,channels-centered, and research-based.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESThe intensive, rigorous, and demandingprogram of study ensures that graduates arehighly competitive and highly valued in themarketing communications industry.

Many are employed by leading local andglobal corporations in the following fields:• Marketing or brand management• Strategic and account planning• Market research• Sales management• Account management• Creative copy writing and art direction• Corporate communications

• Public relations• Media planning and management

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTSEntry into the AB IMC program is open tostudents who comply with the University’sadmission requirements. They should passthe UA&P Entrance Exam and complete alldocuments needed for admission.

ACADEMIC LOADFirst Year 1st semester 23 units 2nd semester 23 unitsSecond Year 1st semester 20 units 2nd semester 20 units Summer 6 unitsThird Year 1st semester 24 units 2nd semester 21 unitsFourth Year 1st semester 25 units

2nd semester 23 unitsTotal 185 units

STUDENT EVALUATIONFor 4th year subjects98 – 100 1.095 – 97 1.2592 – 94 1.589 – 91 1.7585 – 88 2.078 – 84 2.2570 – 77 2.5 (passing mark)

69 and below 3.0 (failing mark)

For 3rd year subjects98 – 100 1.095 – 97 1.2592 – 94 1.589 – 91 1.7585 – 88 2.080 – 84 2.2574 – 79 2.567 – 73 2.7560 – 66 3.0 (passing mark)

59 and below 3.5 (failing mark)

COURSES OFFEREDSecond Year – SummerCOM 20 Understanding Media and its

ContentCOM 21 Business Communication

Third Year – First SemesterCOM 314 Communication Research MethodsIMC 30 Brand Communication

Management

Third Year – Second SemesterCOM 312 Communication TheoryIMC 32 Advertising Management

Fourth Year – First SemesterCOM 42 Communication Ethics and LawIMC 31 Human InsightIMC 33 Marketing Communications

ResearchIMC 40 IMC Principles and PracticeIMC 41 Creative Strategy and Concept

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



DevelopmentIMC 43 Brand ActivationIMC 45 IMC Business Process

Fourth Year – Second SemesterCOM 43 Career ManagementIMC 46 IMC Cases and ApplicationIMC 47 Media DecisionsIMC 48 Digital Marketing

IMC 49 Financial and ManagerialAccounting

IMC 55 Sales and Channel ManagementXXX IMC ElectiveXXX IMC Elective

ElectivesIMC 50 Entrepreneurial MarketingIMC 51 Global MarketingIMC 52 Copywriting and Art DirectionIMC 53 Direct Marketing/CRMIMC 54 Public Relations Principles and

PracticeIMC 56 Shoppers MarketingIMC 57 Service MarketingIMC 58 Business-to-Business Marketing

COURSE DESCRIPTIONSUnderstanding Media and its Content (COM 20)The course aims to help students becomecritical and discerning consumers of mediaand develop a more sophisticated apprecia-tion of the role of media in shaping worldevents and popular culture by looking closelyinto the interrelated subtopics of media his-

tory, media industries, media technologies,media content, and media impact or effects.

Business Communication (COM 21)The course covers the fundamentals in busi-ness writing and the standards, structures,and styles of the written word as applied tothe workplace. It also provides knowledgeand insight into the nature and scope of busi-ness presentations, speech communication,and presentation skills.

Communication Theory (COM 312)This course examines the critical role, func-tion, and impact of communication on life,history, and culture. Specific emphasis isgiven to teaching students how to read,understand, and analyze information andmessages in everyday media and the life ofthe times.

Communication Research Methods (COM 314)This course is designed to enable studentsto have a firm grasp of the primary meth-

odological approaches to communicationresearch.

Major SubjectsBrand Communication Management (IMC 30)This course aims to provide basic under-standing of the brand management disci-pline with special focus on the communica-tion process and strategies as critical pillars

in building and managing successful brands.

Human Insight (IMC 31)This course aims to enable students to un-derstand consumers, how they behave, andhow marketers and advertisers can effec-tively communicate with them. Students areexposed to different case studies illustratinghow these have led to successful communi-cations across traditional and digital space.

Advertising Management (IMC 32)The course introduces students to the field

of advertising and promotions, from opera-tions, processes, and products of adver-tising agencies. It also gives students anunderstanding of the major marketing com-munication disciplines: direct marketing,interactive media, sales promotion, publicrelation, and personal selling.

Marketing Communications Research (IMC 33)This course introduces the principles andmethods used in the systematic searchfor and analysis of information relevant to

marketing decision making. The studentsgain (actual) exposure to the entire researchprocess, grasp its business application, andlearn proper and insightful analysis leadingto actionable recommendations.

IMC Principles and Practice (IMC 40)The course engages the students in theconcept and process of integrated market-ing communications by learning its variousprinciples and their application to actualcases.

Creative Strategy and Concept Development (IMC41)This course takes students from the craftingof powerful creative briefs to the creationof breakthrough and effective campaignideas. It enables students to learn how tofocus (the essence of strategic thinking) andto explore the unexpected (the essence ofcreative thinking). They also learn how touse both to affect consumer behavior.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Communication Ethics and Law (COM 42)The course covers the study of the basic lawsaffecting communication, their limitations,and their corresponding jurisprudence. Itincludes the study of the freedom of expres-sion and privacy in the Internet and cyber-space and its applicable jurisprudence in thePhilippines and, if any, in the United Statesand the European Union.

Brand Activation (IMC 43)The course is a theoretical and practical ex-position of activation or experiential market-ing and other non-advertising disciplines.

IMC Business Process (IMC 45)The course focuses on functional integra-tion of marketing with various organizationalunits. It also involves analysis of the organi-zation’s core competence.

IMC Cases and Application (IMC 46)

The course involves exposure to and analy-sis of local and global integrated market-ing communications programs conductedthrough the case study method.

Media Decisions (IMC47)This course is designed to give the upcomingmarketing and advertising professional thenecessary media know-how to navigate theevolving world of marketing communications.

Digital Marketing (IMC 48)

This course is designed to introduce studentsto the rapidly evolving world of Internetmarketing for them to understand how de-velopments in digital marketing are affectingbusinesses and consumers.

Financial and Managerial Accounting (IMC 49)The course aims to enable students to utilizefinance as an important decision-making toolin all facets of their work challenges.

Sales and Channel Management (IMC 55)This course deals with creative salesmanship

as a key driver of business success. Caseanalysis and classroom workshops are usedto enhance student learning and appreciationof selling techniques.

ElectivesEntrepreneurial Marketing (IMC 50)This course explains the strategic constraintsand issues faced by entrepreneurs andenables students to answer the question“What does it take to be a successful entre-preneur?”

Global Marketing (IMC 51)The course seeks to introduce students to thetrends that are pushing manufacturing andmarketing companies to market their brandsbeyond their home countries and take advan-tage of the opportunities in today’s world.

Copywriting and Art Direction (IMC 52)The course introduces students to the craft

of selling through words and pictures.

Direct Marketing/CRM (IMC 53)The course deals with the identification of acompany’s most valuable customers and thebuilding of long-term relationships with them.

Public Relations Principles and Practice (IMC 54)The course identifies the role of publicrelations (PR) in the integrated marketingcommunications mix and the roles of PRpractitioners in the typical corporate set-up.The subject enables students to create both

strategic and tactical public relations plansusing the different PR tools.

Shoppers Marketing (IMC 56)The course aims to enable students to un-derstand the drivers that lead a consumerto buy or not to buy a product and to knowwhat marketers can do to influence shopperbehavior.

Service Marketing (IMC 57)The course studies service quality across

various service industries and focuses on theneed for companies to do better in deliveringquality service to their customers.

Business-to-Business Marketing (IMC 58)The course discusses the theory and con-cepts of business marketing in the lightof business practice. It also considers thesubject through two primary themes: themanagement of inter-organizational relation-ships, and the impact of information systemsand technology on contemporary B2B mar-

keting practice.



7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



MASTER OF ARTS IN INTEGRATEDMARKETING COMMUNICATIONS

The IMC program equips its graduates withthe necessary knowledge and skills to effec-tively face the challenges of the 21st centurybusiness and communications environment.

Specifically, it aims to produce graduateswith a deep understanding of the humanperson, his motivations, needs, and brandexperiences to carry out effective strategicmarketing communications planning andstrategy formulation. Our graduates areequipped to manage multiple stakeholders(audiences), content (messages), channels(media), and results (measurement) of brandcommunication programs.

The IMC curriculum is uniquely designed todevelop three competencies: strategic thinking,

creative thinking, and communication skills.Guided by the virtue of excellence, the curricu-lum promotes a multidisciplinary perspectivein creating value for customers and manag-ing business organizations. It draws from thefields of marketing, communications, marketresearch, consumer psychology, finance, andbusiness management. More importantly, thiscurriculum highlights the need for ethics in for-mulating ideas and decisions that affect societyat large.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESThe intensive, rigorous, and demandingprogram of study ensures that graduates arehighly competitive and highly valued in themarketing communications industry.

Many are employed by leading local andglobal corporations in the following fields:• Marketing or brand management• Strategic and account planning• Market research• Sales management• Account management• Creative copy writing and art direction• Corporate communications• Public relations• Media planning and management

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTSStudents who obtain a GWA of 2.0 or higherafter their senior year qualify for the one-year Professional Residency Program. Theywill have the opportunity to work with ourcorporate partners as graduate students and

graduate with a Master’s Degree in Commu-nication, Major in IMC.

ACADEMIC LOADFirst Year 1st semester 26 units 2nd semester 26 unitsSecond Year 1st semester 26 units 2nd semester 26 units Summer 6 units

Third Year 1st semester 27 units 2nd semester 27 unitsFourth Year 1st semester 22 units 2nd semester 23 unitsFifth Year 1st semester 20 units 2nd semester 22 unitsTotal 251 units

STUDENT EVALUATIONFor 3rd year subjects98 – 100 1.095 – 97 1.25

92 – 94 1.589 – 91 1.7585 – 88 2.080 – 84 2.2574 – 79 2.567 – 73 2.7560 – 66 3.0 (passing mark)59 and below 3.5 (failing mark)

For 4th year and 5th year subjects98 – 100 1.095 – 97 1.2592 – 94 1.589 – 91 1.7585 – 88 2.078 – 84 2.2570 – 77 2.5 (passing mark)69 and below 3.0 (failing mark)

COURSES OFFEREDSecond Year – SummerCOM 20 Understanding Media and its

ContentCOM 21 Business Communication

Third Year – First SemesterCOM 314 Communication Research MethodsIMC 30 Brand Communication

Management

Third Year – Second SemesterCOM 312 Communication TheoryIMC 32 Advertising Management

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Fourth Year – First SemesterCOM 42 Communication Ethics and LawIMC 31 Human InsightIMC 33 Marketing Communications

ResearchIMC 40 IMC Principles and PracticeIMC 41 Creative Strategy and Concept

DevelopmentIMC 43 Brand Activation

IMC 45 IMC Business Process

Fourth Year – Second SemesterCOM 43 Career ManagementIMC 46 IMC Cases and ApplicationIMC 47 Media DecisionsIMC 48 Digital MarketingIMC 49 Financial and Managerial

AccountingIMC 55 Sales and Channel ManagementXXX IMC ElectiveXXX IMC Elective

Fifth Year – First SemesterIMC 501 Marketing Effectiveness Re-

searchIMC 511 Professional Residency

Program 1IMC 513 Professional Residency

IntegrationIMC 529 Marketing Economics Research

Fifth Year – Second SemesterIMC 512 IMC FinanceIMC 521 Professional Residency

Program IIIMC 523 Thesis Integration and RevalidaIMC 530 Leadership in Media and

MarCom OrganizationsIMC 540 Business Ethics

ElectivesIMC 50 Entrepreneurial MarketingIMC 51 Global MarketingIMC 52 Copywriting and Art DirectionIMC 53 Direct Marketing/CRMIMC 54 Public Relations Principles and

PracticeIMC 56 Shoppers MarketingIMC 57 Service MarketingIMC 58 Business-to-Business Marketing

COURSE DESCRIPTIONSUnderstanding Media and its Content (COM 20)The course aims to help students becomecritical and discerning consumers of mediaand develop a more sophisticated apprecia-tion of the role of media in shaping worldevents and popular culture by looking closely

into the interrelated subtopics of media his-tory, media industries, media technologies,media content, and media impact or effects.

Business Communication (COM 21)The course covers the fundamentals in busi-ness writing and the standards, structures,and styles of the written word as applied tothe workplace. It also provides knowledge

and insight into the nature and scope of busi-ness presentations, speech communication,and presentation skills.

Communication Theory (COM 312)This course examines the critical role, func-tion, and impact of communication on life,history, and culture. Specific emphasis is giv-en to teaching students how to read, under-stand, and analyze information and messagesin everyday media and the life of the times.

Communication Research Methods (COM 314)

This course is designed to enable studentsto have a firm grasp of the primary meth-odological approaches to communicationresearch.

Major SubjectsBrand Communication Management (IMC 30)This course aims to provide basic under-standing of the brand management disci-pline with special focus on the communica-tion process and strategies as critical pillarsin building and managing successful brands.


Advertising Management (IMC 32)The course introduces students to the fieldof advertising and promotions, from opera-

tions, processes, and products of advertisingagencies. It also gives students an under-standing of the major marketing communica-tion disciplines: direct marketing, interactivemedia, sales promotion, public relation, andpersonal selling.

Marketing Communications Research (IMC 33)This course introduces the principles andmethods used in the systematic searchfor and analysis of information relevant to

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



marketing decision making. The studentsgain (actual) exposure to the entire researchprocess, grasp its business application, andlearn proper and insightful analysis leadingto actionable recommendations.

IMC Principles and Practice (IMC 40)The course engages the students in theconcept and process of integrated marketing

communications by learning its various prin-ciples and their application to actual cases.

Creative Strategy and Concept Development (IMC 41)This course takes students from the craftingof powerful creative briefs to the creation ofbreakthrough and effective campaign ideas.It enables students to learn how to focus (theessence of strategic thinking) and to explorethe unexpected (the essence of creativethinking). They also learn how to use both toaffect consumer behavior.

Communication Ethics and Law (COM 42)The course covers the study of the basic lawsaffecting communication, their limitations,and their corresponding jurisprudence. Itincludes the study of the freedom of expres-sion and privacy in the Internet and cyber-space and its applicable jurisprudence in thePhilippines and, if any, in the United Statesand the European Union.

Brand Activation (IMC 43)The course is a theoretical and practical ex-

position of activation or experiential market-ing and other non-advertising disciplines.

IMC Business Process (IMC 45)The course focuses on functional integra-tion of marketing with various organizationalunits. It also involves analysis of the organi-zation’s core competence.

IMC Cases and Application (IMC 46)The course involves exposure to and analy-sis of local and global integrated market-ing communications programs conducted

through the case study method.

Media Decisions (IMC 47)This course is designed to give the upcom-ing marketing and advertising professionalthe necessary media know-how to navigatethe evolving world of marketing communica-tions.

Digital Marketing (IMC 48)This course is designed to introduce studentsto the rapidly evolving world of Internet

marketing for them to understand how de-velopments in digital marketing are affectingbusinesses and consumers.


Sales and Channel Management (IMC 55)This course deals with creative salesmanshipas a key driver of business success. Caseanalysis and classroom workshops are usedto enhance student learning and appreciationof selling techniques.

Fifth YearMarketing Effectiveness Research (IMC 501)This course provides students with the disci-pline of measuring the impact of marketingactivities. It provides them with a businessfocus, ensuring that they understand how to

evaluate marketing programs and activities.

Professional Residency Program I (IMC 511)This course covers the first half of an aca-demic year of actual work experience in thefield of marketing communications in clientcompanies or marketing communicationscompanies.

IMC Finance (IMC 512)The course focuses on two key tools used inthe quantitative analysis of communication

programs: valuation of customer segmentsand estimation of return on customer invest-ments under the contexts of business build-ing and brand building strategies.

Professional Residency Integration (IMC 513)The course gives students a deeper look intothe world of professional leadership and mar-keting and communication. Students get first-hand accounts on life in the corporate settingthrough a series of talks and workshops givenby some of the biggest names in the business,marketing, and advertising industries.

Professional Residency Program II (IMC 521)This course covers the second half of an aca-demic year of actual work experience in thefield of marketing communications in clientcompanies or marketing communicationscompanies.

Thesis Integration and Revalida (IMC 523)This course builds on the learning from allprevious coursework. It assumes that stu-dents have acquired enough experience

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



(during their undergraduate coursework) thatnecessitated the application of the principlesof integrated marketing communications.

Marketing Economics Research (IMC 529)This course tackles business economics forprofessionals and practitioners in the mar-keting profession. Topics include a generalanalytical apparatus for industry analysis

and the value chain, cases on various typesof industries, and strategies on pricing inspecific situations and environments.

Leadership in Media and MARCOM Organizations(IMC 530)This is an introductory course on virtuousleadership, which is based on the convictionthat effective leadership is all about develop-ing the human person’s character throughthe practice of classical human virtues.

ElectivesEntrepreneurial Marketing (IMC 50)This course explains the strategic constraintsand issues faced by entrepreneurs andenables students to answer the question“What does it take to be a successful entre-preneur?”

Global Marketing (IMC 51)The course seeks to introduce students to thetrends that are pushing manufacturing andmarketing companies to market their brandsbeyond their home countries and take ad-

vantage of the opportunities and careers intoday’s global world.

Copywriting and Art Direction (IMC 52)The course introduces students to the craftof selling through words and pictures.

Direct Marketing/CRM (IMC 53)The course deals with the identification ofa company’s most valuable customers andthe building of a long-term relationship withthem.

Public Relations Principles and Practice (IMC 54)The course identifies the role of publicrelations (PR) in the integrated marketingcommunications mix and the roles of PRpractitioners in the typical corporate set-up.The subject enables students to create bothstrategic and tactical public relations plansusing the different PR tools.

Shoppers Marketing (IMC 56)The course aims to enable students to un-derstand the drivers that lead a consumerto buy or not to buy a product and to knowwhat marketers can do to influence shopperbehavior.

Service Marketing (IMC 57)The course studies service quality acrossvarious service industries and focuses on theneed for companies to do better in deliveringquality service to their customers.

Business-to-Business Marketing (IMC 58)The course discusses the theory and con-cepts of business marketing in the lightof business practice. It also considers thesubject through two primary themes: themanagement of inter-organizational relation-ships, and the impact of information systemsand technology on contemporary B2B mar-keting practice.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

The awarding of a degree from the Univer-sity is premised on the satisfactory comple-tion of the curriculum requirements of theprogram of study by the student.


7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



MEDIA AND ENTERTAINMENTMANAGEMENT

Media and Entertainment Management(MEM) is SCM’s response to emerging globaltrends that have been reshaping informationand communication technology today. Thesetrends have also radically redefined the me-

dia and entertainment landscape.

Today’s media environment has changedthe way people and organizations use andconsume media. Media, entertainment, andbusiness are all converging with the help ofthe digital technologies surfacing every day.As such, there is a compelling need for anew breed of young minds who understandhow old and new media work in order to cre-ate true value.

This program aims to develop media profes-

sionals who can adapt to the demands of adynamic media and entertainment environ-ment.

The MEM program aims to produce profes-sionals who know how to• Produce relevant, strategic, and effective

media content;• Optimize current and emerging media

platforms; and• Create links between content, media plat-

forms, and business goals.

The MEM curriculum was formulated to inte-grate learning from three areas:1. Communication, media and entertain-

ment,2. Media management and media conver-

gence, and3. Business management.

The design brings the rich principles, currentpractice, and compelling cases from theseareas in order to represent the complexdemands of the media and entertainment in-

dustry today. The multidisciplinary perspec-tive is necessary to open the eyes of studentsand be fully equipped to face the dizzyingpace in the media environment today.

MEM draws from the disciplines of strategicbusiness management, digital media man-agement, entertainment culture, interactivemarketing, and integrated marketing com-munications.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of the MEM program are lookingat a bright and promising future ahead. Be-ing educated in a highly relevant program,their competencies can respond to the manyunconventional, specialized, and recently de-veloped job opportunities that are surfacingin the media and entertainment today.

Graduates can work as managers and ex-ecutives of companies within the media andentertainment industry, both local and inter-national, such as• TV networks• Radio networks• Publishing houses• Film networks/distribution companies• Film production• Music production

Graduates can work as managers and self-

made entrepreneurs that serve local andinternational companies, such as• TV, radio, print companies• Internet-based business/services• Content development for businesses• Telecommunications• Graphic design outfits for all forms of

media• Communication agencies with interac-

tive/new media subsidiaries• Specialized communication agencies• Art and culture organizations

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTSEntry into the MEM program is open tostudents who comply with the University’sadmission requirements. They should passthe UA&P Entrance Exam and complete all

documents needed for admission.

ACADEMIC LOADFirst Year 1st semester 18 units 2nd semester 18 unitsSecond Year 1st semester 18 units 2nd semester 21 units

Third Year 1st semester 18 units 2nd semester 15 unitsFourth Year 1st semester 22 units 2nd semester 21 unitsTotal 151 units

STUDENT EVALUATIONFor 3rd year 98 – 100 1.095 – 97 1.2592 – 94 1.5

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



89 – 91 1.7585 – 88 2.080 – 84 2.2574 – 79 2.567 – 73 2.7560 – 66 3.0 (passing mark)59 and below 3.5 (failing mark)

For 4th year

98 – 100 1.095 – 97 1.2592 – 94 1.589 – 91 1.7585 – 88 2.078 – 84 2.2570 – 77 2.5 (passing mark)69 and below 3.0 (failing mark)

COURSES OFFEREDThird Year – First SemesterCOM 20 Understanding the Media and

its ContentCOM 21 Business Communication

Third Year – Second SemesterCOM 314 Communication Research

MethodsMEM 30 Introduction to Management

Fourth Year – First SemesterCOM 42 Communication Ethics and LawIMC 31 Human InsightIMC 212 Marketing ManagementMEM 40 Entertainment Culture and Soci-

etyMEM 41 Convergence (Culture,Communities, and Connectivity)

MEM 42 Media Management andLeadership

MEM 43 Creativity for Multi-Media

Fourth Year – Second SemesterIMC 49 Financial and Managerial

AcoountingMEM 44 Media and Integrated MarketingMEM 45 Media Economics and Technol-

ogy

MEM 46 Digital Media ManagementMEM 47 Entertainment MarketingXXX MEM ElectiveXXX MEM Elective

ElectivesIMC 32 Advertising ManagementIMC 54 Public Relations Principles and

PracticesMEM 50 Journalism and The Print MediaMEM 51 Film Business and Executive

Production

MEM 52 The Business of Broadcasting(TV and Radio)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONSUnderstanding Media and its Content (COM 20)This course examines the critical role, func-tion, and impact of communication on life,history, and culture. Specific emphasis is giv-en to teaching students how to read, under-

stand, and analyze information and messagesin everyday media and the life of the times.

Business Communication (COM 21)The course covers the fundamentals in busi-ness writing and the standards, structures,and styles of the written word as applied tothe workplace. It also provides knowledgeand insight into the nature and scope of busi-ness presentations, speech communication,and presentation skills.

Communication Law and Ethics (COM 42)

The course covers the study of the basic lawsaffecting communication, their limitations,and their corresponding jurisprudence. Itincludes the study of the freedom of expres-sion and privacy in the Internet and cyber-space and applicable jurisprudence in thePhilippines and, if any, in the United Statesand the European Union.

Communication Research Methods (COM 314)This course is designed to enable studentsto have a firm grasp of the primary meth-

odological approaches to communicationresearch.


Advertising Management (IMC 32)

The course provides students with a basicunderstanding and appreciation of advertis-ing as a discipline and as a major marketingcommunications tool, including its principlesand processes, basic elements, and bestpractices. It also acquaints them with the lo-cal advertising and marketing industry.


7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Public Relations Principles and Practice (IMC 54)The course identifies the role of publicrelations (PR) in the integrated marketingcommunications mix and the roles of PRpractitioners in the typical corporate set-up.The subject enables students to create bothstrategic and tactical public relations plansusing the different PR tools.

Marketing Management (IMC 212)The course introduces students to the basicconcepts, principles, processes, and prac-tices of modern-day marketing. It coversthe nature of marketing and the marketingplanning process, the analysis that mustbe undertaken in order to make marketingdecisions, and the decisions that constitute amarketing plan.

Introduction to Management (MEM 30)This course presents a thorough and sys-tematic coverage of management theory andpractice. It focuses on the basic roles, skills,and functions of management, with specialattention to managerial responsibility for ef-fective and efficient achievement of goals.

Entertainment Culture and Society (MEM 40)This course enables students to analyze therole and power of entertainment in society,thereby increasing their understanding andappreciation of managing and creating enter-tainment products that promote social values.

Convergence (Culture, Communities and Connectiv-ity) (MEM 41)The course presents issues on media literacyand socialization, the rise of mass medi-ated culture, cyberculture, recent changes inmedia industries, and relationship of mediaorganizations and markets to structures ofpower and influence in society.

Media Management and Leadership (MEM 42)This course uses case-study discussions andanalysis to examine the latest theory andpractice in managing and valuing content,along with the more traditional work of plan-ning and organizing processes and directingemployees. The course emphasizes broad-cast media.

Creativity for Multi-Media (MEM 43)The course provides opportunities for de-veloping the creative aspects necessary inany multimedia application. It introduces themain elements of layout, typography, andwriting for screen in a digital environment.

Media and Integrated Marketing (MEM 44)The course focuses on a fully integratedapproach to the marketing of products thathave information and entertainment contentand is designed for students with an interestin the management of large media compa-nies and in further exploring the media sideof marketing communications.

Media Economics and Technology (MEM 45)The course introduces students to key rev-enue and expense components of all mediasegments (newspapers, radio, television,cable, and new media) as well as evaluat-ing each medium from the perspective of anowner, consumer/user, customer/advertiser,and employee.

Digital Media Management (MEM 46)This course addresses new and emergingbusiness models and strategies in today’s

rapidly evolving media industries. Topicsinclude, among others, social media, onlinemarketing, and retail and distribution of digi-tal, audio, and visual content including a lacarte download services.

Entertainment Marketing (MEM 47)This course teaches students to analyze arts,entertainment, media, and fashion organiza-tions within their environmental context todetermine how to position them in the mar-ketplace. It broadens and deepens students’knowledge of the management of emotionalconnection, community affiliation, andmeaning making.

Journalism and The Print Media (MEM 50)This course provides practical education andproficiency in print (newspaper, magazines),broadcast (television and radio), and onlinejournalism as well as relevant studies inhumanities such as politics and the history ofjournalism.

Film Business and Executive Production (MEM 51)

This course gives an overview of the entireprocess of making a film from a director anda producer’s point of view. It covers script-writing, financing a film, casting, post-pro-duction (editing, music etc.), distribution, andgetting a cinema release, among others.

The Business of Broadcasting (TV and Radio) (MEM

52)The course examines how changes in technol-ogy, consumer behavior, and deregulation

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



have transformed the broadcast media indus-try and its production, distribution, and con-sumption of content in a digital environment.



FULL-TIME FACULTYVeronica IslaPh.D. CommunicationUniversity of the Philippines

Jerome KliatchkoPh.D. Public CommunicationUniversidad de Navarra, Spain

Marina Caterina Lorenzo-MoloPh.D. CommunicationUniversity of the Philippines

Francine Michelle Marie Calero-RachoPh.D. CommunicationUniversity of the Philippines

Luis Tongco, Jr.Ph.D. Communication


ADJUNCT FACULTYTsirol ArañaFounder and OwnerEureka Kitchen

Chipi BuenafeTechnology ConsultantHewlett-Packard

Javier CaleroPast Chairman and CEO

JWT

Edward CamachoMarketing Professional and ConsultantTrans-Overseas Industrial Corp.

Liam CapatiMedia DirectorStarcomMediavest

Gladys Jane Co-ChanSpecial Assistant to the President, Media-Quest HoldingsCommercial Lead for the MultiMedia Office,Smart Communications Inc.

Nanette DiycoColumnistBusinessWorld

Raul EstebanManaging DirectorPhilippine Survey & Research Center

Pauline FerminManaging DirectorAcumen Strategic Consulting, Inc.

Merlee JaymeChairman and Chief Creative OfficerDM9JaymeSyfu

Fr. Robert LatorreAssistant ProfessorUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Claire LopezExecutive Creative Director and CEODyll Communications

Eugene ManaloManaging Consultant and PartnerTiger 22 Media Corporation

Eleanor ModestoCEO AdvisorLowe Indonesia

Angela OngSenior Research ConsultantLeo Burnett Philippines

Winston Conrad Padojinog, Ph.D.Dean of School of ManagementUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Jimmy PunoPast Chairman, President & CEODentsu Young & Rubicam-Alcantara

Toti SoliongcoPartnerCreativelab, Inc.

John Philip YeungManaging Director and Consultant for Busi-ness Development PracticeBusiness Outcomes, Inc.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



The School of Economics (SEC) traces itsroots to the very early days of the Centerfor Research and Communication (CRC), theUniversity’s forerunner.

SEC was conceived when CRC began of-fering courses in Industrial Economics andApplied Business Economics.

For more than 40 years now, the School hasproduced professional economists, corporateplanners, and business analysts occupyingkey positions in private firms and govern-ment institutions.

Recognized as a leading economics schooland as a catalyst of economic progress inthe Philippines and in Asia, SEC has earneda reputation for highly relevant economic re-search. The major areas of its research activi-ties include the fields of economic forecast-ing, financial markets, wage determination,and macroeconomics.

SEC confers the following degrees:

• Bachelor of Arts in Economics• Master of Science in Industrial Econom-

ics• Master in (Strategic) Business Economics• Master in Applied Business Economics

School of

Economics

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



BACHELOR OF ARTSIN ECONOMICS

The field of Economics is broad; it encom-passes issues involving international trade,stock markets, government policies, eco-nomic growth and development, etc. ABEconomics aims to develop in students a rig-

orous, quantitative, and insightful approachto understanding the workings of Econom-ics in today’s society. It provides studentswith a solid grounding in economic theory/ frameworks. It also aims to develop amongstudents the analytical and statistical skillsin applying such frameworks in business,social, financial, and policy sectors. Hence,there is emphasis on applied research at theindustry and national policy levels.

A number of students choose this coursebecause it provides a good background forcareers in business, capital markets, law,banking, real estate, and even entrepreneur-ship.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates with analytical skills in econom-ics are sought after by employers from theprivate and public sectors including interna-tional organizations. In general, economistsare needed in commercial and investmentbanks, corporations, and consulting firms.The government sector also offers AB Eco-

nomics graduates positions as trade ana-lysts, finance specialists, and policy analysts.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTSEntry into the AB Economics program isopen to students who comply with theUniversity’s admission requirements. Theyshould pass the UA&P Entrance Exam andcomplete all documents needed for admis-sion.

ACADEMIC LOAD

First Year 1st semester 18 units 2nd semester 18 unitsSecond Year 1st semester 18 units 2nd semester 18 units Summer 9 unitsThird Year 1st semester 21 units 2nd semester 21 unitsFourth Year 1st semester 21 units 2nd semester 21 unitsTotal 165 units

STUDENT EVALUATION1.00 – 1.25 Excellent1.50 – 1.75 Superior2.00 – 2.25 Good2.50 – 2.75 Competent3.00 Passing3.50 Failed

COURSES OFFEREDSecond Year – SummerECN 200 Mathematical Economics 1MGT 200 Introduction to ManagementMGT 311 Accounting 1

Third Year – First SemesterECN 311 Intermediate MacroECN 312 Mathematical Economics 2

Third Year – Second SemesterECN 321 Intermediate MicroeconomicsECN 322 Business Statistics

Fourth Year – First SemesterECN 411 Economic HistoryECN 412 Advanced MacroeconomicsECN 413 Quantitative Economics 1: Sta-

tistical Foundations of Econo-metrics

ECN 414 Advanced MicroeconomicsECN 415 Research Seminar IMGT 450 Finance

Fourth Year – Second SemesterECN 421 Economic Development

ECN 422 Social EconomicsECN 423 Quantitative Economics 2:

EconometricsECN 424 Industrial OrganizationECN 425 Research Seminar IIECN 426 Public EconomicsECN 427 International Economics

COURSE DESCRIPTIONSMathematical Economics 1 (ECN 200)This introductory course aims to familiar-ize students with the essential mathemati-

cal concepts and techniques necessary forhigher studies in the field of economics. Itdeals with optimisation techniques, equilib-rium analysis, and comparative statistics,among other mathematical techniques.

Intermediate Macro (ECN 311)The course discusses the various effects ofmacroeconomic policies and other relevantparameters/variables on the macroeconomicenvironment.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Mathematical Economics 2 (ECN 312)In this introductory course, the topics shift todynamic analysis and the tools of differentialand difference equations and their uses ineconomic models. It also enables studentsto appreciate the literature present in profes-sional journals.

Intermediate Microeconomics (ECN 321)

This course deals with the economic behav-ior of consumers and producers (firms andindustries). It is meant to help students un-derstand the basis for managerial decision-making and the design of public policies.

Business Statistics (ECN 322)This course aims to provide sufficient back-ground in graduate economics and business(i.e., econometrics, operations research, deci-sion sciences) and cover the material neces-sary to enable simple econometric modelbuilding and/or mathematical programmingmodels in subsequent courses.

Economic History (ECN 411)The course covers the historical analysis ofeconomic growth and economic develop-ment using theories, concepts, and prin-ciples of neoclassical and new institutionaleconomics.

Advanced Macroeconomics (ECN 412)This course is oriented toward examiningreal-world puzzles in domestic and interna-

tional macroeconomic events and policies. Itequips students with a framework to analyzethe effects and relationships of the broadmacroeconomy to the internal affairs of abusiness or firm.

Quantitative Economics 1: Statistical Foundations ofEconometrics (ECN 413)The course discusses the mathematics ofstatistics. Mathematical statistics that isdesigned for econometrics provides studentswith the skills needed to do constructive andrigorous thinking on a vast range of observa-tions, especially of a business and economicnature.

Advanced Microeconomics (ECN 414)This course focuses on theories that dealwith the operations of firms and the deci-sion-making process of consumers. It aimsto give students the proper orientation foranalyzing Philippine firms and industries.

Research Seminar I (ECN 415)The course focuses on the importance ofindustry analysis to firms in making strategicdecisions. It also introduces students to thedifferent analytical framework of industrialorganization starting from the works of Bainto those of Porter, and their points of pos-sible integration.

Economic Development (ECN 421)This course focuses on the theories of eco-nomic growth and economic development.It highlights the various analytical, empiri-cal, and historical perspectives of economicdevelopment and their applicability to Philip-pine economic conditions.

Social Economics (ECN 422)This course integrates the findings andlimitations of mainstream economics withspecific or selected socio-economic issues,and applies both economic and ethical solu-tions to such issues.

Quantitative Economics 2: Econometrics (ECN 423)This course provides students with the keyconcepts required for model building andeconomic forecasting. The main topics cov-ered are the normal linear regression model,the violation of its assumptions and theircorresponding methods of correction, andthe various estimation methods for singleequations and systems of equations.

Industrial Organization (ECN 424)This course is concerned with the study ofthe microeconomic behavior of firms. It spe-cifically examines the economic organizationof industry including a survey of theoreticaland applied issues in this field.

Research Seminar II (ECN 425)The course aims to equip students with apractical understanding of the macroeco-nomic environment and help them under-stand the interrelationships between mac-roeconomic variables, how changes in onevariable can affect another, and how themacroeconomic environment as a whole canaffect conditions in specific industries.

Public Economics (ECN 426)The course tackles the role of the govern-ment in a market economy and its financingand spending activities. Topics include publicgoods and externalities, public finance, wel-fare economics, public choice, and regula-tory economics.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



International Economics (ECN 427)This course covers various trade theoriesand dwells on trade policies and economicintegration. Special topics such as Interna-tional Trade in Services, World Trade Orga-nization, and designing foreign trade agree-ments are also taken up.

Introduction to Management (MGT 200)

This introductory course provides an over-view of the four functional areas of manage-ment and introduces basic managerial func-tions, concepts, and processes. It exposesstudents, as future managers, to the deci-sion-making processes involved in manage-ment functions, provides a basic understand-ing of the importance of business planning,and introduces the concept of social respon-sibility and environmental awareness.

Accounting 1 (MGT 311)This course is discussed within the contextof business and decision making. It providesstudents with adequate background on theaccounting cycle, taking financial reportingand ethical standards into consideration.

Finance (MGT 450)This course introduces students to thefundamentals of accounting and the use ofaccounting information in making businessdecisions. Financial analysis and manage-ment accounting form part of the frameworkfor discussion.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTSThe following are the requirements forgraduation:1. Completion of all academic and non-academicrequirements

Candidates for graduation must completeall academic and non-academic require-ments of the program and clear all academicdeficiencies. Students are eligible for gradu-ation only if they have successfully complet-ed all the courses in the curriculum; other-

wise, they will not be allowed to participatein the graduation ceremony.

2. Clearance Students must secure a clearance from

the offices concerned before they are al-lowed to graduate. The filing of a graduationclearance on or before the specified deadlinesignifies their intention to be included in thelist of graduates.

MASTER OF SCIENCE ININDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS

The Master of Science in Industrial Econom-ics, run by the School of Economics, is theonly economics program of its kind in thecountry. It was developed in 1969 by twoof the country’s foremost economists, Dr.

Bernardo Villegas and Dr. Jesus Estanislao,shortly after founding the Center for Re-search and Communication (CRC). UA&P, aleading research institution and a catalystof economic progress in the Philippines andin Asia, has earned a reputation for highlyrelevant research through the works of itsteachers and students.

An intensive program of academic andresearch work, MSIE equips graduates withthe proper mental and intellectual approach,providing a mix of mathematical expertiseand a thorough understanding of how theeconomy and business work. With facultymembers holding doctoral and master’sdegrees from the best institutions around theworld, the students get a truly global educa-tion. The students learn from their mentorswho have earned their reputation for highlyrelevant research in the fields of economicforecasting, financial markets, industrial eco-nomics, wage determination, and the work-ings of the economy.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESThe highly relevant training turns out top-notch influential people who decide thedestiny of the global economy. The programhas produced the only international tradenegotiator of the Philippines in the WorldTrade Organization, the National Treasurer,the Filipino Lead Economist of World Bank,Tariff Commissioner, Senior Undersecretaryof DTI, and senior economic advisers to thePresident and several government depart-ments such as DOF, DOTC, DOT, and NEDA.

QUALIFICATIONS TO 5th YEARThe students are eligible to proceed to thefifth year when they have a general weightedaverage (GWA) of 1.8 for the subjects takenin the third year (12 units of the economicsubjects) and all the subjects in the fourthyear.

In the fifth year, the students spend a semes-ter working in the field with corporations inthe private and public sectors. This intern-

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



ship begins in the first semester of the fifthyear and gives students a chance to applythe tools they learn in the classroom to actu-al business and economic problems. Duringthe internship, students work for most of theweek in their host organizations and returnto UA&P on Fridays for their coursework.

One of the highlights of the program is for

the students to assist senior executivesenrolled in the Strategic Business Econom-ics Program in their economic forecastingexercise during an out-of-town conference.


Summer 9 unitsThird Year 1st semester 27 units

2nd semester 27 unitsFourth Year 1st semester 18 units 2nd semester 21 units Summer 6 unitsFifth Year 1st semester 12 units 2nd semester 9 unitsTotal 233 units

STUDENT EVALUATIONFor 3rd year subjects1.00 – 1.25 Excellent1.50 – 1.75 Superior

2.00 – 2.25 Good2.50 – 2.75 Competent3.00 Passing3.50 Failed

For 4 th and 5 th year subjects1.00 – 1.25 Excellent1.50 – 1.75 Superior2.00 – 2.25 Good2.50 Passing3.00 Failed

COURSES OFFEREDSecond Year – SummerECN 200 Mathematical Economics 1MGT 200 Introduction to ManagementMGT 311 Accounting 1

Third Year – First SemesterECN 311 Intermediate MacroECN 312 Mathematical Economics 2

Third Year – Second SemesterECN 321 Intermediate Microeconomics

ECN 322 Business Statistics

Fourth Year – First SemesterECN 411 Economic HistoryECN 412 Advanced MacroeconomicsECN 413 Quantitative Economics 1: Math

StatECN 414 Advanced MicroeconomicsECN 415 Research Seminar 1

MGT 450 Finance

Fourth Year – Second SemesterECN 421 Economic DevelopmentECN 422 Social EconomicsECN 423 Quantitative Economics 2:

EconometricsECN 424 Industrial OrganizationECN 425 Research Seminar 2ECN 426 Public EconomicsECN 427 International Economics

Fourth Year – Summer

ECN 510 Special Economic TopicsECN 520 Economics of Strategy

Fifth Year – First SemesterECN 500 PracticumECN 530 Economic Policy

Fifth Year – Second SemesterECN 540 Thesis SeminarECN 550 Thesis Work

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Mathematical Economics 1 (ECN 200)This course deals with optimisation tech-niques, equilibrium analysis, and compara-tive statistics, among other mathematicaltechniques.

Intermediate Macro (ECN 311)This course delves deeper into the macro-economic issues of growth, inflation, and thebusiness cycle. Although the use of calculusin economic theory, especially optimiza-tion, is introduced, the graphical approach isstressed to reinforce the economic intuition.

The conduct of monetary and fiscal policy foreconomic stabilization purposes is tackled.

Mathematical Economics 2 (ECN 312)This course covers the use of integral cal-culus, differential equations, and differenceequations in dynamic economic models,including economic growth models.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Intermediate Microeconomics (ECN 321)This second course in microeconomicstackles the theory of choice from the per-spective of the consumer and the firms. Theconsumer demand functions and firm supplycurves, as well as cost curves, are derivedgraphically.

Business Statistics (ECN 322)

This course instills the basic concepts inestimation and hypothesis testing neededin economic research and decision theory.It covers the topics of probability densityfunctions, distribution functions, conditionalprobability, stochastic independence, andsufficient statistics.

Economic History (ECN 411)This course is a study of the economic his-tory of the Philippines from the Pre-Spanishperiod to the post-World War II period. Thecourse also tackles briefly the economichistory of major economies like the UnitedStates and the United Kingdom and sig-nificant economic events such as the GreatDepression.

Advanced Macroeconomics (ECN 412)In this course, the Investment Saving–Li-quidity Preference Money Supply model(IS-LM) is treated in depth, and the aggre-gate demand and aggregate supply model isderived. The micro foundations of macroeco-nomics is treated through individual discus-

sion of consumption, investment, fiscal, andmonetary sectors.

Quantitative Economics 1: Math Stat (ECN 413)This first course in econometrics has its em-phasis on the multiple linear regression model.The violations of heteroscedasticity and serialcorrelation, their implications, and remediesare discussed. The course stresses the use ofeconometrics for empirical work, especiallyforecasting and hypothesis testing.

Advanced Microeconomics (ECN 414)This course presents the major topics inmicroeconomic theory regarding partial andgeneral equilibrium, with special emphasison market equilibrium and market failure.The existence of a utility function is derivedfrom preferences satisfying classical as-sumptions of completeness, transitivity, andnon-satiation.

Research Seminar I (ECN 415)An advanced course in practical industry re-search, it involves the monitoring and analy-sis of the different forces affecting an actualindustry assigned to the student. The linksbetween the various Philippine industriesare studied with the Input-Output model.It provides an in-depth analysis of marketstructures and the forces that shape future

industrial development.

Economic Development (ECN 421)This course gives an overview of the pro-cess of growth and structural change whichvarious countries have undergone, and thusdeepens the students’ appreciation of thecomplex roles of institutions, sectors, re-source endowments, national experience,and the socio-political-cultural matrix. It alsoprovides a brief a survey of the various wayseconomists and thinkers have understood

the mechanics of development.

Social Economics (ECN 422)This course integrates the findings andlimitations of mainstream economics withspecific or selected socio-economic issues,and applies both economic and ethical solu-tions to such issues. The selection is basedon current issues affecting Philippine societysuch as the phenomenon of poverty andmicrofinance; population and demographicmarkets; market-led provision of basic needssuch as food, health, education and shelter;

and family and entertainment.

Quantitative Economics 2: Econometrics (ECN 423)Econometrics 2 provides the basic tools ofapplied econometric analysis. It is based onregression analysis (covered in Economet-rics 1), and it gives a thorough introductionto the problem of endogeneity with possibletreatments, time series regressions, linearpanel models, and nonlinear probability andcensored outcomes models.

Industrial Organization (ECN 424)The course extends the theory of marketstructure to analyze how firms behave andcompete under various types of markets.Topics covered include price discrimination,game theory, research and development,product differentiation, advertising, verticaland horizontal integration, and collusion.

Research Seminar 2 (ECN 425)The course aims to provide the studentswith an analytical macro framework of the

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



national economy that would enable them tocompetently evaluate the significant issuesprevailing in the Philippine setting. Studentsare assigned specific sectors of the macro-economy to monitor and are given exercisesinvolving the monitoring of macroeconomicvariables.

Public Economics (ECN 426)

This course covers theory and evidence ongovernment expenditure policy. Topics in-clude the theory of public goods; education;state and local public goods; redistributionand welfare policy; social insurance pro-grams such as social security and unemploy-ment insurance; and health care policy.

International Economics (ECN 427)Starting with David Ricardo’s theory of com-parative advantage, this course traces thedevelopment of trade theory up to the mod-ern era, including the Heckscher-Olin andStolper-Samuelson theorems and those thatfollowed. Also covered are trade in capital,WTO and modern trade agreements, and thedevelopment of free trade areas.

IEP Practicum (ECN 500)In this course, students undergo an on-the-job training in a private corporation, govern-ment agency, research institution, or non-government organization to expose them tothe realities of work and enable them to ap-ply economic tools in areas such as strategic

planning, market research, macroeconomicand industry analysis, or policy research.

Special Economic Topics (ECN 510)This course deals with topics in economicfields that build on the core of macroeco-nomic and microeconomic courses.

Economics of Strategy (ECN 520)This course aims to explore the overlap-ping areas of strategy and microeconomics,especially its subfield, industrial organiza-tion. Students are guided in the analysis offactors shaping the industry environmentand competitive advantage of firms. Topicsinclude product positioning and differen-tiation, diversification, vertical integration,pricing, strategic commitments, and entrydeterrence.

Economic Policy (ECN 530)This is an integrative course which providesthe students with opportunities to synthesizethe economic theories, historical trends, and

the quantitative techniques absorbed in theprevious courses. An analysis of specificpolicies implemented in the Philippines andin the countries within the Asia-Pacific regionis presented.

Thesis Seminar (ECN 540)This course assists the students in concep-tualizing, organizing, and developing their

masteral thesis proposal, survey of relatedliterature, and analytical framework throughlectures, thesis proposal presentations, andworkshops.

Thesis Work (ECN 550)This course consists primarily of indepen-dent research work and consultation with athesis advisor and a committee on the gradu-ate student’s thesis research problem. Theremay be occasional lectures on specializedtopics necessary for the research problem.

Introduction to Management (MGT 200)This course provides an overview of the fourfunctional areas of management and exposesthe students to the decision-making processesinvolved in management functions. It also pro-vides a basic understanding of the importanceof business planning and introduces the con-cept of social responsibility and environmentalawareness.

Accounting 1 (MGT 311)This is designed as an introductory course in

accounting for students who intend to be-come professional managers with an entre-preneurial and ethical mindset. The typicaltransactions and accounting problems ofsingle proprietorships engaged in serviceand merchandising businesses provide theframework for discussion.

Finance (MGT 450)This course covers basic financial manage-ment as the body of fundamental concepts,principles and techniques applicable todecision making with an eye toward creatingeconomic value or wealth.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTSThe following are the requirements forgraduation:1. Completion of all academic and non-aca-

demic requirements2. Submission of bound thesis3. Clearance

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



In order to graduate/march on time, a fifth-year student must be able to write and de-fend his thesis successfully on or before theprescribed date set by the Registrar (usuallyon the first week of May).

A student who is not able to complete his/ her thesis on time will be given a grade ofINC (incomplete) in thesis work, and will be

given until the end of the first semester ofthe following school year to finish the thesis.

If he/she is still not able to finish the thesisby the end of the first semester and finishesit the following semester, then he/she will berequired to pay a thesis fee equivalent to 1unit x fee per unit. Extensions after the stu-dent has exceeded the Maximum RequiredResidency (MRR) are always subject to theapproval of the School of Economics Opera-tions Committee.

The above requirements also apply to thosestudents who did not graduate (i.e., still lacksome units) and decide to come back to fin-ish their degree.

FACULTYVictor AbolaPh.D. Development ManagementUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Mary Grace AgnerM.S. Industrial Economics

University of Asia and the Pacific

Rachel Lynn BelandresM.S. Industrial EconomicsUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Amado CastroPh.D. EconomicsHarvard University, USA

James CaswangM.S. Industrial EconomicsUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Jovi DacanayM.S. Industrial EconomicsUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Roberto de VeraPh.D. EconomicsUniversity of Pittsburgh, USA

Viory Yvonne JaneoM.S. Industrial EconomicsUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

George ManzanoPh.D. EconomicsUniversity of New South Wales, Australia

Kristine Joy MartinM.S. Industrial EconomicsUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Bienvenido Nito

Master in Business EconomicsUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Edwin PinedaM.P.S. EconomicsCornell University, USA

Ma. Cherry Lyn RodolfoM.S. Industrial EconomicsUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Cid TerosaPh.D. Economics

Hokkaido University, Japan

Peter Lee UPh.D. EconomicsPurdue University, USA

Bernardo VillegasPh.D. EconomicsHarvard University, USA

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



STRATEGIC BUSINESSECONOMICS PROGRAM

The Strategic Business Economics Pro-gram (SBEP) is designed for experienced ex-ecutives who hold top management positionsand play an active role in formulating andimplementing the overall strategies and man-

agement policies of their organizations. Theprogram enables senior executives to• Broaden their perspective and enhance

their capacity to handle strategic andlong-term policy issues that confronttheir organizations;

• Identify the fundamental trends andchanges taking place in the national andinternational economies, and understandhow these influence the performance andprospects of regions, sectors, industries,and their specific business firms;

•

Access key research information to makesuccessful and strategic business deci-sions; and

• Optimize limited resources of their orga-nization so that it becomes adaptable tochanges in the business environment,thus, creating opportunities for growth.

With a flexible and convenient schedule for 11months, top-class and business-honed profes-sors, and networking opportunities involvinggovernment officials and business leaders,participants return to their organization re-

energized and equipped with strategies andinnovative solutions leading it to success in thenew global competitive environment.

The SBEP offers senior executives a Certifi-cate in Business Economics (CBE) and a Mas-ter in Business Economics (MBE).

PROGRAM DELIVERYThe study sessions feature monthly lectures,case discussions, workshops, and researchpresentations by UA&P economists and

guest lecturers who represent a cross-sectionof Philippine business.

There are also two out-of-town conferencesheld for three consecutive days on selectedweekends to give the participants an oppor-tunity to compare notes with one anotherwhile in a more relaxed environment. Theprogram also arranges informal dialoguesand get-togethers with top government of-ficials and business leaders to keep abreastwith topics of current interest.

PROGRAM COVERAGE1. Economics of a Nation2. Economic History and Development3. Economic Forecasting4. Economic Policy 15. Economic Policy 26. Economic Statistics7. Economics of an Industry8. Economics of Finance

9. Economics of a Firm10. Research Seminar 1: Corporate Planning11. Social Economics 112. Social Economics 213. Social Economics 314. Thesis 115. Thesis 2

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTSSenior executives interested in our uniqueexecutive program may comply with the fol-lowing:

1. Submit an application form with the cor-responding application fee.

2. Attend a program orientation to be fol-lowed by an interview with the ProgramDirector.

For other queries on the SBEP, please contactThe Strategic Business Economics Program,6/F APEC Communications Building, PearlDrive, Ortigas Center, Pasig City 1605.

Direct Lines: (632) 634-2820 and (632) 634-3095

Trunk Line: (632) 637-0912 to 26 local 222Facsimile: (632) 634-2821Email: [email protected]: www.uap.asia

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



APPLIED BUSINESSECONOMICS PROGRAM

The Applied Business Economics Program(ABEP) is designed for staff people who as-sist top executives in corporate planning andresearch, and for line people who would like tobuild strong theoretical foundations in plan-

ning. Thus, corporate analysts and middle-level managers who have such responsibilitiesand objectives are encouraged to apply.

The program aims to provide the participantswith (1) an awareness of and sensitivity to theissues and problems confronting the nation,and (2) opportunities to apply economicresearch techniques and develop analyticaland problem-solving skills, especially thosenecessary to understand and evaluate theeconomic environment.

The ABEP allows the participants to relatecurrent economic conditions and issues tobusiness operations at the firm level usingUA&P’s wealth of local and international re-search data. Since the participants are gain-fully employed, the program applies to theirindustry and institutional needs.

PROGRAM DELIVERY The program runs for two years. The firstone-and-a-half years are primarily devotedto seminars and workshops. The last semes-

ter of the second year covers thesis writingand defense. The program consists of 36academic units leading to a Master of Arts inApplied Business Economics.

The program begins in July. The courses aregiven in eight modules that have two sub-jects each. Each subject runs once a week forten weeks. Class hours are from 6:00 p.m.to 9:30 p.m. every Tuesday for the WeekdaySection and from 9:00 am to 12:00 nn everySaturday for the Weekend Section. It featureslectures, research presentations, and classdiscussions.

PROGRAM COVERAGE1. Economics of a Nation2. Business Economics Statistical Tech-

niques3. Corporate Accounting4. Economics of a Firm5. Applied Econometrics6. Corporate Aspects of Finance7. Economic Development

8. Economic Policy9. Industry Analysis10. Operations Management11. Corporate Aspects of Human Resource12. Applied Business Economics Research13. Business Ethics14. Corporate Aspects of Marketing15. Research Seminar16. Thesis / Non-Thesis (Paper)

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTSFor admission to the program, each appli-cant must1. Hold a bachelor’s degree from any col-

lege or university,2. Have at least two years of work experience,3. Submit

a. Collegiate transcript of recordb. Accomplished application formc. Three letters of recommendation (one

from the immediate supervisor, one

from a former professor, and one froma general character reference)

d. Four passport size pictures; and4. Pass the qualifying examination to be

administered by UA&P.

DEGREE The program is recognized by the Commis-sion on Higher Education as a full-fledgedgraduate degree course. The student receivesa master’s degree in Applied Business Eco-nomics, provided he meets the following

requirements:1. Completion of academic requirements (at-tendance, research and integration papers,examinations for the courses prescribed inthe curriculum), with no grade lower than2.5, and

2. Submission, defense, and approval of athesis. The thesis must address an issuein the industry, the sector, or the corpora-tion the participant is in, and must dem-onstrate the analytical tools and skillsacquired from the program.

APPLICATIONThose interested may contact the Office ofthe ABEP Director, University of Asia andthe Pacific, Pearl Drive, Ortigas Center, PasigCity, Metro Manila.

Telephone number: 637-0912 to 26 loc. 375Telefax number: 637-8549E-mail: [email protected]

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



School of

Education and

Human

Development

The School of Education and Human Devel-opment (SED) aims to be a catalyst to en-able educators, parents, and teachers in theAsia-Pacific region to carry out their teachingwork with personal and professional excel-lence anchored on technical competence andhuman virtues.

To carry out its vision, the School reachesout to a broad sector of educators—parents,teachers, education officials, communityorganizers, and others directly engaged indevelopment or professional education. TheSchool carries out institutional, national, andregional research in major areas of develop-ment education. It organizes lectures andseminars and develops programs for com-munity leaders from the national down tothe barrio level.

SED confers the following degrees:• Bachelor of Science in Child Develop-

ment and Education• Bachelor of Science in Human Capital

Development• Master of Arts in Education Major in

Child Development and Education• Master of Arts in Education Major in Edu-

cational Leadership• Master in Education Major in Child Devel-

opment and Education• Master in Education Major in Educational

Leadership

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHILDDEVELOPMENT AND EDUCATION

The Education program of the Universityof Asia and the Pacific (UA&P) provides asolid preparation for a career in education bygrounding in four areas of learning: founda-tional subjects, psychology, specialization

subjects, and research. These four areas oflearning are studied from and integrated by aperspective that views the family as the firstschool and parents as the primary educatorsof their children.

The program offers a strong liberal artscurriculum and rigorous courses in earlychildhood education (the first eight years ofchildhood). The Child Development and Edu-cation specialization forms early childhoodeducators and specialists who can effectivelyblend theory and practice to create positivelearning opportunities and experiences thatpromote the total development of youngchildren.

Undergraduates attend six Field Studycourses intended to provide them with prac-tical learning experiences related to differentcomponents of teaching-learning processesin actual school settings. The experiencesbegin with field observation and graduallybuild up toward Practice Teaching in earlychildhood education (preschool setting and

the primary grades).

The program also prepares students to beeligible to take the Professional LicensureExamination for Teachers and pursue a mas-ter’s degree in related fields such as SpecialEducation, Reading, Developmental Psychol-ogy, Early Childhood Education, and FamilyLife and Child Development.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of the program work as preschooland primary school teachers, administra-tors, or owners; as child education programdesigners, managers, or consultants; andas specialists or policy advocates on child-related issues.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTSFor admission to the program, each appli-cant must1. Hold a bachelor’s degree from any col-

lege or university,

2. Have at least two years of work experi-ence,

3. Submita. Collegiate transcript of recordb. Accomplished application formc. Three letters of recommendation (one

from the immediate supervisor, onefrom a former professor, and onefrom a general character reference)

d. Four passport size pictures; and4. Pass the qualifying examination to be

administered by UA&P.

ACADEMIC LOADFirst Year 1st semester 23 units 2nd semester 26 unitsSecond Year 1st semester 27 units 2nd Semester 27 units Summer 9 unitsThird Year 1st semester 24 units 2nd semester 21 units

Summer 9 unitsFourth Year 1st semester 15 units 2nd semester 16 unitsTotal 197 units

STUDENT EVALUATIONGrade Point Description96-100 1.00-1.25 Excellent91-95 1.50-1.75 Superior86-90 2.00-2.25 Very Good81-85 2.50-2.75 Good75-80 3.00 Competent

70-74 3.50 Failed

COURSES OFFEREDFirst Year – Second SemesterEDCP 120 Child and Adolescent

Development

Second Year – First SemesterEDC 210 Educational Technology 1EDC 211 Field Study 1EDC 212 Infants and Toddlers

Development ProgramEDC 213 Basic Child Health, Safety and

NutritionEDC 324 Theories and Approaches to

Early Childhood Education

Second Year – Second SemesterEDC 221 Facilitating LearningEDC 222 Educational

Technology 2EDC 223 Curriculum DevelopmentEDC 224 Principles of Teaching 1EDC 225 Field Study 2

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



EDC 226 Play in Child Development

Second Year – SummerEDC 227 The Child’s Learning EnvironmentEDC 228 Trends and Issues in Preschool

EducationEDC 426 Family and Developmental

Psychology III: Introduction toHome and Family Life

Third Year – First SemesterEDC 311 Philosophy of EducationEDC 314 Principles of Teaching 2EDC 315 Assessment of Student Learning 1EDC 316 Field Study 3EDC 317 Field Study 4EDC 525 Media LiteracyEDCP 127 Curriculum and Instruction in

Early Childhood Programs

Third Year – Second SemesterEDC 321 Child Development and Educa-

tion 1: Practice and Strategies inTeaching Language, Arts, Lit-erature, and Social Studies forYoung Learners

EDC 322 Developmental Variations: Intro-duction to Special Education

EDC 326 Developmental Reading 1EDC 327 Assessment of Student Learning 2EDC 328 Field Study 5EDC 329 Field Study 6EDC 330 Legal Foundations of Education

and Child’s Rights

EDC 412 Child Development and Edu-cation 2: Math, Science, andHealth for Early Education

Third Year – SummerEDC 331 Parent EducationEDC 341 Guidance and Counseling in

Preschool EducationEDC 423 Child Development and Educa-

tion 3: Music and Movement,Arts and Crafts, Blocks and Dra-matic Play for the Early Educa-

tion ClassroomFourth Year – First SemesterEDC 411 The Teaching ProfessionsEDC 414 Practice Teaching 1EDC 417 Preschool Materials DevelopmentEDC 427 Inclusive EducationEDC 514 Organization and Management

of Early Childhood Programs

Fourth Year – Second SemesterEDC 428 Practice Teaching 2

EDC 429 Social Dimensions of EducationEDC 430 Developmental Reading 2EDC 431 Character Education for Young

ChildrenEDP 222 Home-School-Community

Collaboration

COURSE DESCRIPTIONSEducational Technology 1: Principles and Theories

of Educational Technology (EDC 210)This course introduces the basic learningtheories and principles as bases in the design,development, implementation, and evaluationof instruction, using educational technology.

Field Study 1 (EDC 211)This course is designed to help Educationstudents verify the behavior of children in anactual classroom setting.

Infants and Toddlers Development Program (EDC 212)This course focuses on the planning, imple-mentation, and evaluation of developmen-tally appropriate programs and routines thatnurture and meet the needs of infants andtoddlers.

Basic Child Health, Safety and Nutrition (EDC 213)This course prepares students to create andmaintain a safe and healthy environment forchildren and to create and maintain policiesthat uphold that kind of environment.

Facilitating Learning (EDC 221)

This is a basic course on contemporarytheories and research on the cognitive, meta-cognitive, motivational, socio-cultural, andindividual difference factors in the acquisi-tion of knowledge.

Educational Technology 2: Selection, Productionand Utilization of Appropriate Technology Tools forInstruction (EDC 222) This course is designed to introduce bothtraditional and innovative technologies tofacilitate and foster meaningful and effec-tive learning. The course likewise focuseson both developing teacher support materi-als and the production of technology-basedstudent outputs.

Curriculum Development (EDC 223) The course aims to develop teachers who canadjust and be flexible in designing and imple-menting curricula in learning environments fordifferent students in different contexts.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Principles of Teaching 1 (EDC 224) The course deals specifically with the prin-ciples of effective instruction and the con-comitant processes involved: instructionalplanning and demonstration teaching.

Field Study 2 (EDC 225)In this course, students are expected to verifythe cognitive, metacognitive, motivational,

socio-cultural, and individual differencesfactors in the acquisition of knowledge in theclassroom setting.

Play in Child Development (EDC 226) The course is designed to help studentsdevelop understanding and appreciation ofthe complex relationships between play andlearning. Of particular interest in this courseis the use of different assessment tools inevaluating the different play activities ofchildren.

The Child’s Learning Environment (EDC 227)This course enables the students to identifyand examine the basic components of qualityand effectiveness in early childhood programsetting and how these criteria impact curricu-lum and the teaching-learning process.

Trends and Issues in Preschool Education (EDC 228) This course covers current developmentsand breakthroughs in preschool education(e.g., multiple intelligences, teaching multi-age, multicultural teaching, parental involve-

ment, peer teaching, and emergent literacy).

Philosophy of Education (EDC 311)This is a theoretical study of the reality ofeducation as a human activity. Specifically, itinvolves a philosophical consideration of thenature of education, its end, dimensions, andthe agents of education.

Principles of Teaching 2 (EDC 314)The course provides prospective basic edu-cation teachers with knowledge and under-standing of the subject areas in the curricu-

lum. Topics include foundation disciplines,structural components, and models of teach-ing and assessment strategies.

Assessment of Student Learning 1 (EDC 315)The course focuses on the development andutilization of assessment tools to improvethe teaching-learning process. A very impor-tant focus of this course is the application ofdevelopmentally appropriate principles andpractices in assessing young children.

Field Study 3 (EDC 316) This course further enriches the students’experiences in preparing teaching aids forclassroom use.

Field Study 4 (EDC 317)This course allows the students to utilizevarious teaching techniques in teaching asubject area.

Child Development and Education 1: Practice andStrategies in Teaching Language Arts, Literature,and Social Studies for Young Learners (EDC 321) The course promotes the development ofskills and techniques for working with chil-dren from K-6 in the field of language arts,literature, and social studies. It also pro-motes the importance of building a strongcurriculum in the early years to develop alifelong love for learning.

Developmental Variations: Introduction to Special

Education (EDC 322)This course is designed to provide CDE stu-dents with a broad and comprehensive ori-entation about children with special needs.Current assessment practices and interven-tion strategies in Early Childhood SpecialEducation are discussed.

Theories and Approaches to Early Childhood Educa- tion (EDC 324)The course examines the history, scope,and philosophies of various early childhood

programs. It provides students with a betterunderstanding of the impact of the physical,material, and social organization of the instruc-tional environment on the young learner.

Developmental Reading 1 (EDC 326)This course focuses on the enrichment ofreading proficiency in preparation for theintroduction to the nature of the reading pro-cess. Part of the course deals with a compre-hensive view of the psychology of reading.

Assessment of Student Learning 2 (EDC 327)

The course focuses on the development andutilization of alternative forms of assessmentin measuring authentic learning. Empha-sis is given on how to assess process- andproduct-oriented learning targets as well asaffective learning.

Field Study 5 (EDC 328)This course allows the students to havehands-on experiences in designing an as-sessment tool, launching this tool in the

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



classroom, and evaluating the results on thebasis of the principles of testing.

Field Study 6 (EDC 329)This course provides opportunities for thestudents to explore the utilization of alternativeassessment tools in actual classroom setting.

Legal Foundations of Education and Child’s Rights

(EDC 330)This course focuses on the legal foundationsand aspects of education, including child’srights, and provides the prospective teacherwith adequate instruction and training onthe legal issues affecting public and privateschools.

Parent Education (EDC 331)This course focuses on the design, develop-ment, implementation, and evaluation ofpsycho-educational programs aimed at help-ing parents of young children understand

child development.

Guidance and Counseling in Preschool Education(EDC 341) This course is an overview of the theoreticaland philosophical foundations of guidanceand counseling and their applications toschool and family contexts.

The Teaching Professions (EDC 411) The course deals with the teacher as anindividual and as a classroom teacher, a

community teacher, and a global teacher. Italso covers the teachers’ status, the levels ofprofessional rewards, and professionalism toimprove competencies.

Child Development and Education 2: Mathematics,Science, and Health for Early Education (EDC 412)The course aims to develop a new way ofseeing math, science, and health, conse-quently making them more accessible tostudents. The students undergo intensetraining in the practice of science and matheducation as well as in the creation of teach-

er-made instructional materials.

Practice Teaching1: Field Experiences in Pre-schoolSetting (EDC 414) This course is primarily a student immersionin accredited preschool settings. It provides avenue for the students to apply what they havelearned in their Education courses, enablingthem to gain practical experience in teaching.

Preschool Materials Development (EDC 417)The course engages the students in the discus-

sion of the different levels of development ofpre-school children, which helps determine theappropriateness of the materials for children.Students in this course acquire skills in plan-ning, designing, preparing, using, and evaluat-ing different instructional materials.

Child Development and Education 3: Music andMovement, Arts and Crafts, Blocks and Dramatic

Play for the Early Education Classroom (EDC 423) The course gives students the opportunityto become familiar with the various ap-proaches, methods of teaching, and develop-mentally appropriate materials to be used inguiding children’s development, specificallyin creative growth.

Family and Developmental Psychology III: Introduc- tion to Home and Family Life (EDC 426)Through this course, teachers in the earlygrades understand the family as the primarycontext of child learning and development.The course considers current issues andtrends that affect family and, consequently,child development.

Inclusive Education (EDC 427)The course provides students with a theo-retical framework for understanding andworking with young children with specialneeds as they are accommodated andmainstreamed in a regular class. Studentsare given opportunity to observe inclusionsessions in selected schools.

Practice Teaching 2: Field Experiences in PrimaryGrades (EDC 428) This course provides a venue for the CDEstudents to apply what they have learned inthe different coursework, enabling them togain practical experience in teaching youngchildren from Grades 1 to 3.

Social Dimensions of Education (EDC 429) The course is an introduction to social sci-ence (economic, socio-cultural, political,geographical, and environmental processes)theory and research as it relates to educa-tion and to understanding the four pillars oflearning, which are fundamental in makingcritical and logical decisions as an activemember in society and as a global citizen.

Developmental Reading 2 (EDC 430)The course covers theories, techniques, andmaterials in teaching beginning reading andtheir application.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Character Education for Young Children (EDC 431)The course dwells on the nuances of mainand secondary concepts in the education invalues, character, and morals, drawing outfine distinctions between them and theirpedagogical implications. Likewise, ethicalissues and cases facing contemporary society,especially in a pre-school setting, are covered.

Organization and Management of Early ChildhoodPrograms (EDC 514) This course aims to provide students witha variety of opportunities to apply theirknowledge of the basic principles of design-ing developmentally appropriate curriculumand programs for the improvement of thenecessary systems and operations amongexisting early education programs.

Media Literacy (EDC 525)This one-unit, 17-hour course provides anoverview of the impact of multimedia expo-sure on human development with particularfocus on childhood and adolescence.

Child and Adolescent Development (EDCP 120) This is a basic course on child and ado-lescent development, focusing on currentresearch and theory on the biological, lin-guistic, cognitive, social, and emotionaldimensions of development and the factorsthat affect the progress of development.

Curriculum and Instruction in Early Childhood Pro-

grams (EDCP 127)This course provides a detailed examination ofdevelopmentally appropriate early childhoodcurricula and how to develop these curricula.

Home-School-Community Collaboration (EDP 222) This course enables the students to draw upeffective strategies in collaborating with theparents for the young learners’ growth, learn-ing, and development. Students get to knowthe varied responsibilities of teachers, socialservices providers and administrators, as wellas family members and caregivers to the holis-tic development of the young learner.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE INHUMAN CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT

The Human Capital Development programof the UA&P School of Education and Hu-man Development is the first of its kind inthe country. It aims to produce graduateswho can design, conduct, manage, and as-

sess learning and workplace programs thatwill help individuals and groups in varioustypes of organizations enhance their perfor-mance, productivity, and employability.

The curriculum is highly interdisciplinary,drawing and fusing elements from educa-tion, psychology, business management,economics, sociology, and the liberal arts.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of the program can ably fillpositions related to human resource and

organizational development and can bestfunction as learning specialists, training anddevelopment program managers or officers,and organizational performance analysts inbusiness enterprises, government agencies,foundations, schools, and other not-for-prof-it institutions. They will also make excellentmanagement trainees.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTSEntry into the BS HCD program is open tostudents who comply with the University’sadmission requirements. They should passthe UA&P Entrance Exam and complete alldocuments needed for admission.

ACADEMIC LOADFirst Year 1st semester 23 units 2nd semester 23 unitsSecond Year 1st semester 23 units 2nd semester 23 units Summer 6 unitsThird Year 1st semester 21 units 2nd semester 21 units Summer 6 units

Fourth Year 1st semester 18 units 2nd semester 15 unitsTotal 179 units

STUDENT EVALUATIONGrade Point Description96-100 1.00-1.25 Excellent91-95 1.50-1.75 Superior86-90 2.00-2.25 Very Good81-85 2.50-2.75 Good75-80 3.00 Competent70-74 3.50 Failed

COURSES OFFEREDFirst Year – Second SemesterHCD 101 Fundamentals of Management

and Leadership

Second Year – First SemesterHCD 210 Introduction to Educational Re-

search and StatisticsHCD 211 Foundational Psychology for

Human Capital Development

Second Year – Second SemesterHCD 221 Philosophical Anthropological

Foundations of Human CapitalDevelopment

HCD 222 Business, Industries and SocietiesHCD 223 Human Capital DevelopmentHCD 224 Fundamentals of Systems and

Strategic Thinking

Second Year – SummerHCD 225 Human Behavior in OrganizationsHCD 226 The Human Resource Function

in Organizations

Third Year – First SemesterHCD 311 Psychology of Learning and

PerformanceHCD 312 Performance Management

Systems IHCD 313 Psychometrics for AssessmentHCD 314 Organizational Learning and

Communication

Third Year – Second SemesterHCD 320 The Knowledge Economy andKnowledge Management

HCD 321 Performance ManagementSystems II

HCD 322 Training for Performance and theHigh-Performance Workplace

HCD 323 Project Management

Third Year – SummerHCD 324 Internship

Fourth Year – First Semester

HCD 410 Psychology of Change: SocialChange, Organizational Changeand Development

HCD 411 Workplace Learning Programs I

Fourth Year – Second Semester HCD 420 Human Capital Development

and Strategic ManagementHCD 421 Business PolicyHCD 422 Workplace Learning Programs II

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



COURSE DESCRIPTIONSFundamentals of Management and Leadership (HCD101)This course is a theoretical discussion andpresentation of application techniques ofmanagement and leadership principles. Itprovides students with an overview of busi-ness functions—from operations to sup-port—and an introduction to organizational

leadership, and how the two areas are bothdistinct and related.

Foundational Psychology for Human Capital Devel-opment (HCD 211)This course covers three fields in psychol-ogy—industrial/organizational, developmen-tal, and consumer psychology—that providefoundational theories and concepts for thestudents’ appreciation of human develop-ment, organizational dynamics, and custom-er behavior.

Philosophical Anthropological Foundations of Hu-man Capital Development (HCD 221)This course engages the students in aphilosophical study of concepts used in thediscourse of human resource development(HRD) practitioners and their implications inHRD practice.

Business, Industries and Society (HCD 222)The course is a sociological examination ofthe role of businesses in the formation ofindustries, and how industries in turn affect

society’s evolution. It introduces students tosystematic thinking, emphasizing the interre-lationships among the three entities, high-lighting as well the cycle’s back flow wheresocieties influence the growth of businessesand, consequently, of industries.

Human Capital Development (HCD 223)This course introduces students to thebroader and more strategic notion of hu-man development in organizations. It tracesthe development of the area and highlights

the processes—formal and informal—thatdevelop human capital through investmentsin the education, training, experience, andhealth of people.

Fundamentals of Systems and Strategic Thinking(HCD 224)This course introduces students to the con-cepts, principles, and processes governingsystems and strategic thinking. The two aretaken together to emphasize the interplayand dynamic interaction between multiple

stakeholder consideration in business analy-sis in the achievement of tactical and con-tinuing objectives.

Human Behavior in Organizations (HCD 225)The course orients students to managementand psychological principles governing indi-vidual and group behavior in organizations,and how such concepts are applied in orga-

nizational issues such as employee motiva-tion, performance, satisfaction, discipline,and organizational socialization.

The Human Resource Function in Organizations (HCD226)The course covers the different functionsof human resource in organizations, suchas manpower planning and recruitment,performance management and compensa-tion, employee relations and discipline, andhuman resource information systems designand maintenance.

Psychology of Learning and Performance (HCD 311)The course tackles theories, concepts, prin-ciples, and techniques that will prepare stu-dents in the formulation and implementationof organizational learning and performanceprograms. Topics include cognitive psychol-ogy, behavioral psychology, motivation, andsocial learning, among others.

Performance Management Systems I (HCD 312)This course covers the theories and concepts

related to the various phases of the per-formance management system—planning,monitoring, performance evaluation, andapplication—as they are tied to the differentfunctional areas of the organization and tocompensation management.

Psychometrics for Assessment (HCD 313)The course orients students to the principlesand techniques of psychological measure-ment and the use of the same in the design,monitoring, and evaluation of learning andchange interventions.

Organizational Learning and Communication (HCD 314)The course provides the students withtheories on the learning and communica-tion process in the context of the changingorganizations. The two processes—learningand communication—are taken together toemphasize the dynamic interplay betweendesigning interventions and effectively com-municating such to facilitate collaborationand change processes.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



The Knowledge Economy and Knowledge Manage-ment (HCD 320)This course orients students to the historyand features of the knowledge economy andthe consequent growth of knowledge-basedbusinesses and organizations. It also coversthe principles and concepts governing themanagement of such resources and busi-nesses.

Performance Management Systems II (HCD 321)This course allows students to design per-formance management programs based onsound theoretical and conceptual ground-ing and using effective tools and techniquessuch as mentoring, coaching, counseling,and feedback.

Training for Performance and the High-Performance Workplace (HCD 322)The course imparts techniques and practicesin managing the training cycle, from needsanalysis to evaluation. It highlights the firstdimension in the strategic human resourcemanagement framework but within the con-text of a high-performance workplace.

Project Management (HCD 323)The course introduces students to the vari-ous stages of the project life cycle with aspecial emphasis on learning and develop-ment-oriented projects. It highlights the op-erational and strategic nature of interventionmanagement in the context of the knowledge

economy.

Internship On Performance Issues (HCD 324)The course provides students with workplaceawareness and experience in the area of hu-man development. It serves as a venue forthe application and enhancement of skills de-veloped in and from the other courses in theprogram through long-term organizationalimmersion.

Psychology of Change (HCD 410)The course covers special fields in develop-mental, social, and organizational psychol-ogy, particularly resiliency and resistance,social change, and organizational change.Mainly conceptual and theoretical, thecourse provides psychological grounding forstudents in the design and implementationof change interventions in organizations.

Human Capital Development and Strategic Manage-ment (HCD 420)The course allows students to apply theirknowledge of the HCD field to strategicthinking and programming. Its approach isintegrative, linking the student’s conceptualknowledge and workplace exposure in un-derstanding the critical role of human capitalin pursuing organizational strategies.

Business Policy (HCD 421)The course orients students to the legal andprocedural mechanisms behind organiza-tional management and policy-making. Ithighlights the need to be cognizant of tech-nical processes that govern and/or supportorganizational operations and strategies, andhow such impact the nature and direction oforganizational development initiatives.

Workplace Learning I and II (HCD 411 and HCD 422)These courses provide students with work-place awareness and experience in the areaof performance management. The courses

serve as venues for the application andenhancement of skills developed in and fromthe other courses in the program throughone-time organizational projects on perfor-mance-related issues.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATIONMAJOR IN CHILD DEVELOPMENT

AND EDUCATION

MASTER IN EDUCATIONMAJOR IN CHILD DEVELOPMENT

AND EDUCATION In recent years, research on children andfamilies has found that the early childhoodyears are the most crucial time for develop-ing essential linguistic, cognitive, and socialskills. Furthermore, it has been shown thatquality early education, carried out in astimulating and supportive environment, canhave significant positive long-term—evenlifetime—effects, especially in relation toacademic achievement, employability, andsocial behaviour.

In consonance with these research insights,the School of Education and Human Devel-opment now offers a program for teachersand other professionals interested in pursu-ing graduate studies and specializing in earlychildhood education. The program leads tothe degree of Master of Arts in Education(thesis track) and Master in Education (non-thesis track) major in Child Developmentand Education. Participants can complete theprogram in two years without having to give

up or be released from their jobs. They mustearn 39 units (33 units of coursework and6 units of thesis writing for the thesis track,and 6 units of Research Seminar for the non-thesis track) to be eligible for graduation.

The program seeks to form early childhoodeducators and specialists (preschool and pri-mary school teachers and administrators, childdevelopment consultants, and researchers)who can effectively blend theory and practicein creating positive learning opportunities andexperiences for young children to promotetheir total development. The MAE-CDE cur-riculum thus intertwines four areas of learning:foundational subjects, psychology, specializa-tion subjects, and research. These four areasof learning are studied from and integrated bya perspective that views the family as the firstschool and parents as the primary educators oftheir children.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS1. The following documents must be submit-ted:• Accomplished Application Form• Official Transcript of Records (OTR)• Resumé• Two copies of 1.5 x1.5 and two copies of

1x1 ID pictures• Letter of application addressed to the

Dean of the UA&P School of Educationand Human Development

• An essay on the purpose of the study,indicating the specific reasons why he orshe would like to enroll in UA&P MA inEducation, how the program fits his orher professional development needs andplans, what he or she foresees as difficul-ties or obstacles in taking up the programand how to overcome them, and what heor she intends to do after having com-pleted the program

• Recommendation forms (one fromschool head and from another personsuch as a university or college profes-sor, a former employer, or someone ofreputable standing in his or her profes-sion who can make a fair and objectiveassessment of the applicant’s ability topursue graduate studies in Education)

2. The applicant must also take the GraduateLevel Test (GLT) and pass the interview bytwo SED faculty members.

Application forms are available at the Schoolof Education and Human Development Of-fice, 7th floor, APEC Communication Building.For inquiries, please call 634-2828.

POLICIESForeign students should have taken TOEFLor its equivalent and secured an official edu-cation permit from their government.

Giving false information or withholding infor-mation on any of the above is a ground for the

removal of the student from the program.

SCHOLARSHIPSThe School, through corporate sponsors, of-fers scholarship grants to students based onacademic merit. These can be made avail-able to a select group of students who areacademically deserving, awarded purely onmerits. He/She must, however, earn a gradeof no less than 2.0 in all subjects. Studentsavailing themselves of partial or full scholar-

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



ship grants should sign a Student Scholar-ship Contract upon enrolment.

STUDENT EVALUATIONGrade Point1.00 97 - 1001.25 94 - 961.50 91 - 931.75 88 - 90

2.00 85 - 872.25 80 - 842.50 75 - 793.00 74 and below

ACADEMIC LOADYear I 1st semester 9 units 2nd semester 9 units Summer 3 unitsYear II 1st semester 9 units 2nd semester 3 units 2nd semester and

summer 6 unitsTotal 39 units

COURSES OFFEREDYear I – First SemesterEDP 110 Philosophy of EducationEDP 111 Educational ResearchEDP 112 Educational Statistics

Year I – Second SemesterEDCP 120 Child and Adolescent Develop-

mentEDCP 324 Theories and Approaches in

Early Childhood EducationEDP 121 Psychology of Teaching and

Learning

Year I – SummerEDCP 213 Assessment and Evaluation of

Young Learners

Year II – First SemesterEDCP 124 Early Childhood Special Educa-

tionEDCP 127 Curriculum and Instruction in

ECEEDCP 514 Organization and Management

of Early Childhood Programs

Year II – Second SemesterEDCP 220 Work and Society

Year II – Second Semester and SummerEDN 224/ EDN 225 Research Seminar I and II orEDP 215/ EDP 225 Thesis Writing I and II

COURSE DESCRIPTIONSChild and Adolescent Development (EDCP 120)This basic course in child and adolescentdevelopment focuses on core contemporaryresearch findings and theories on the keydimensions of development: biological,linguistic, cognitive, social, emotional andmoral. Particular emphasis is given to thefactors that have been identified as having

positive or negative effects on the naturalcourse of these developmental processes.

Early Childhood Special Education (EDCP 124)This course provides students with a theoret-ical framework for understanding and work-ing with young children with special needsand presents some of the major issues andconcerns related to atypical development.

Curriculum and Instruction in Early Childhood Edu-cation (EDCP 127)

This course provides a detailed examinationof developmentally appropriate early child-hood curricula and how to develop these cur-ricula. It aims to help students develop theability to determine why a curriculum provesbetter for some children than others, as wellas what approaches to teaching are compat-ible with a particular curriculum.

Assessment and Evaluation of Young Learners (EDCP213)This course provides an overview of mea-surement and evaluation as it applies to

teaching in education. It covers topics suchas test construction, validity and reliabilityprocedures, creative assessment instru-ments, screening, and eligibility determina-tion.

Work and Society (EDCP 220)This course seeks to deepen the students’understanding of and appreciation for thesignificance of work. Special focus is givento the anthropological and ethical dimen-sions of the work of educators, in particular,

as a human activity that contributes directlyto the development of persons and, conse-quently, to the creation of a just and humanesociety.

Theories and Approaches in Early Childhood Educa- tion (EDCP 324)The course examines the history, scope,and philosophies of various early childhoodprograms. It provides students with betterunderstanding of the impact of the physi-cal, material, and social organization of the

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



instructional environment on the younglearner.

Organization and Management of Early ChildhoodPrograms (EDCP 514)This course aims to provide students withopportunities to apply their knowledge inearly childhood education for the improve-ment of necessary systems and operations

among existing early education programs.The final output of this course is a feasibilitystudy of the student’s own preschool.

Research Seminar I and II (EDN 224 and EDN 225)The course is an examination of a specialtopic related to Child Development and Edu-cation, leading to the implementation andevaluation of a program or intervention thataddresses a learning need.

Philosophy of Education (EDP 110)This is a theoretical study of the reality of

education as a human activity. Specifically, itinvolves a philosophical consideration of thenature of education, its end, dimensions, andthe agents of education.

Educational Research (EDP 111)This course is designed to provide studentsthe conceptual, theoretical, and practicalpreparation they need primarily for meetingthe research requirements of their academiccoursework and, secondarily, for carryingout research projects and activities related to

actual school practice.

Educational Statistics (EDP 112)The course introduces students to statisticalanalysis techniques relevant to data process-ing for research. It tackles both descriptiveand inferential statistics, with the latter beinglimited to a selection of tests useful for thefour types of quantitative data.

Psychology of Teaching and Learning (EDP 121)This subject provides school administratorsand trainers with the essentials of psychol-

ogy applied to school and training situations.It expounds on the basic tenets of teach-ing, learning, brain studies, and theories ofmotivation and how they are seen in presentrealities.

Thesis Writing I and II (EDP 215 and EDP 225)These sequential courses are meant to guideand support the work of graduating studentsrelated to the preparation, completion, anddefense of their individual theses. In The-

sis Writing I, the focus is on data collectionand the formulation of a thesis proposal; inThesis Writing II, it is on data analysis andpresentation and the preparation of a de-fense-ready draft of the thesis.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTSThe awarding of a degree from the Univer-sity is premised on the satisfactory comple-

tion of the curriculum requirements of theprogram of study by the student.


FACULTY (BS CDE/ BS HCD/ MA CDE/ MAEdCDE)Angelito AntonioPh.D. Child and Family Studies

Miriam College

Ma. Concha de la CruzMAE Major in Development EducationUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Lexie EstacioMAE Major in Child Development andEducationUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Esther EstebanPh.D. Child and Family Studies

Miriam College

Fe Gladys GoloPh.D. Educational PsychologyUniversity of Santo Tomas

Evalyn HizonPh.D. Philippine StudiesUniversity of the Philippines

Geraldine OrisM.A. Developmental PsychologyAteneo De Manila University

Joanna Paola SantosMAE Major in Child Development andEducationUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Gizelle TanM.S. Early Childhood EducationWestern Oregon University, U.S.A.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATIONMAJOR IN EDUCATIONAL

LEADERSHIP

MASTER IN EDUCATION MAJORIN EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP

For many years now, there has been a grow-ing clamor not only for major reforms in thecountry’s educational system but even for atotal transformation of schools, especiallythe public ones, at all levels. In this task,effective educational leadership is essential,especially where it counts the most: at thelevel of individual schools.

Built upon SED’s strength and record invalues education, the MA in Education majorin Educational Leadership (EL) is meantprimarily for educators who are occupying orwho are being prepared for leadership andkey academic and administrative positionsin their schools, especially those in basiceducation. The curriculum for the programintertwines courses in education, psychol-ogy, and values-based leadership and man-agement and puts all of them at the serviceof the key tasks of teaching, learning, and thedevelopment of students into whole persons.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS1. The following documents must be submit-

ted:• Accomplished Application Form• Official Transcript of Records (OTR)• Resumé• Two copies of 1.5x1.5 and two copies of

1x1 ID pictures• Letter of application addressed to the

Dean of the UA&P School of Educationand Human Development

• An essay indicating the specific reasonswhy the applicant would like to enroll inUA&P MA in Education, how the program

fits his or her professional developmentneeds and plans, what he or she foreseesas difficulties or obstacles in taking upthe program and how to overcome them,and what he or she intends to do afterhaving completed the program

• Recommendation forms (one from schoolhead and from another person such asa university or college professor, a for-mer employer, or someone of reputablestanding in his or her profession who canmake a fair and objective assessment of

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



the applicant’s ability to pursue graduatestudies in Education

2. The applicant must also take the GraduateLevel Test (GLT) and pass the interview bytwo SED faculty members.

Application forms are available at the Schoolof Education and Human Development Of-

fice, 7th

floor, APEC Communication Building.For inquiries, please call 634-2828.

POLICIESForeign students should have taken TOEFLor its equivalent and secured an official edu-cation permit from their government.

Giving false information or withholding infor-mation on any of the above is a ground for theremoval of the student from the program.

SCHOLARSHIPSThe School, through corporate sponsors,offers scholarship grants to students basedon academic merit. These can be madeavailable to a select group of students whoare academically deserving, awarded purelyon merits. He/She must, however, aim fora grade of no less than 2.0 in all subjects.Students availing themselves of partial orfull scholarship grants should sign a StudentScholarship Contract upon enrolment.

STUDENT EVALUATION

Grade Point1.00 97 - 1001.25 94 - 961.50 91 - 931.75 88 - 902.00 85 - 872.25 80 - 842.50 75 - 793.00 74 and below

ACADEMIC LOADYear I 1st semester 9 units

2nd semester 9 units Summer 3 unitsYear II 1st semester 9 units 2nd semester 3 units 2nd semester &

Summer 6 unitsTotal 39 units

COURSES OFFEREDYear I – First SemesterEDP 110 Philosophy of EducationEDP 111 Educational Research

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



EDP 112 Educational Statistics

Year I – Second SemesterEDP 121 Psychology of Teaching and

LearningELP 120 Lifespan Developmental

PsychologyELP 211 Assessment and Evaluation of

Learning

Year I – SummerELP 123 Instructional Leadership and

Supervision

Year II – First SemesterELP 124 School Program DesignELP 210 Strategic Management and

Values-Based LeadershipELP 221 School-Based Management

Year II – Second SemesterEDCP 220 Work and Society

Year II – Second Semester and SummerEDN 224/ EDN 225 Research Seminar I and II orEDP 215/ EDP 225 Thesis Writing I and II

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Work and Society (EDCP 220)This course seeks to deepen the students’understanding of and appreciation for the sig-nificance of work. Special focus is given to the

anthropological and ethical dimensions of thework of educators, in particular, as a humanactivity that contributes directly to the devel-opment of persons and, consequently, to thecreation of a just and humane society.

Research Seminar I and II (EDN 224 and EDN 225)The course is an examination of a specialtopic related to Educational Leadership, lead-ing to the implementation and evaluation ofa program or intervention that addresses alearning dilemma.

Philosophy of Education (EDP 110)The course is a theoretical study of the real-ity of education as a human activity. Specifi-cally, it involves a philosophical consider-ation of the nature of education that is validfor any period within the human lifespan, aswell as its end, dimensions, agents of educa-tion, and processes.

Educational Research (EDP 111)This course is designed to provide studentswith the conceptual, theoretical, and practical

preparation they need primarily for meetingthe research requirements of their academiccoursework and, secondarily, for carryingout research projects and activities related toactual school practice.

Educational Statistics (EDP 112)The course introduces students to statisticalanalysis techniques relevant to data process-

ing for research. It tackles both descriptiveand inferential statistics, with the latter beinglimited to a selection of tests useful for thefour types of quantitative data.

Psychology of Teaching and Learning (EDP 121)This subject provides school administratorsand trainers with the essentials of psychologyapplied to school and training situations. It ex-pounds on the basic tenets of teaching, learn-ing, brain studies, and theories of motivationand how they are seen in present realities.

Thesis Writing I and II (EDP 215 and EDP 225)These sequential courses are meant to guideand support the work of graduating studentsrelated to the preparation, completion, anddefense of their individual theses. In The-sis Writing I, the focus is on data collectionand the formulation of a thesis proposal; inThesis Writing II, it is on data analysis andpresentation and the preparation of a de-fense-ready draft of the thesis.

Lifespan Developmental Psychology (ELP 120)

This course provides an overview of the prin-ciples, concepts, and theories surroundingthe nature of the psychological developmentof man from conception to adulthood. It alsoaddresses variations in development, espe-cially those brought about by differences infamily, class, and culture.

Instructional Leadership and Supervision (ELP 123)This course aims at honing leadership quali-ties, styles, values, and skills that foster schoolculture and the fulfillment of the school’s vi-sion-mission. It further strengthens the leader’sabilities to carry out the functions of instruct-ing, coaching, and supervising the stakehold-ers in the academic community.

School Program Design (ELP 124)The course focuses on developing an ex-cellent school-wide program for academicachievement. It provides students with apractical research-based knowledge anddeeper understanding of the nature and es-sential elements of a school program.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Strategic Management and Values-Based Educa- tional Leadership (ELP 210)The course aims to help students developthe ability to think strategically and applystrategic thinking in leading and managingtheir organizations, especially in ensuring thealignment of organizational mission, vision,goals, policies, systems, and practices, in thecontext of a school’s internal and external

environment.

Assessment and Evaluation of Learning (ELP 211)Together with Psychology of Learning andResearch methods, this course aims to effectparadigm shifts needed by school leaders toappreciate and commit to the benefits and ad-vantages of consistently applying assessment(for learning) and evaluation (assessment oflearning) processes to learning interventions.

School-Based Management (ELP 221)This major course provides students with anoverview of school-based management, itsobjectives, its theoretical and practical bases,its dynamics and realities, and the role thateducational leaders play in formulating, im-plementing, and evaluating a school-basedmanagement program.



FACULTYMa. Riza BondalPh.D. EducationUniversidad de Navarra, Spain

Esther EstebanPh.D. Child and Family StudiesMiriam College

Fe Gladys GoloPh.D. Educational PsychologyUniversity of Santo Tomas

Ferdinand PingulPh.D. PsychologyUniversity of the Philippines

Emmanuel RentoyM.A. Creative WritingUniversity of Santo Tomas

Celerino Tiongco

Doctor of PhilosophyColumbia University, USA

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



School of Law

and Governance

The School of Law and Governance seesitself as a graduate school recognized for thedepth, quality, and relevance of its researchin and teaching of law and governanceand for producing competent law and gov-ernance professionals who are versatile,creative, collaborative, ethical, consciousof human dignity, concerned for the com-mon good; with a keen understanding of thedynamic interplay between society, govern-ment, and business; and capable of workingwith an international perspective.

The School seeks to provide a rigorous inter-disciplinary education in law and governancethat facilitates a profound understanding ofthe social, political, cultural, and economicfactors that shape society and organizations.This education is aimed at the training ofcompetent professionals who are committedto the values of citizenship and democraticgovernance toward the pursuit of the com-mon good.

The SLG has the following degree-granting

programs:• Bachelor of Arts in Political Economy

(BAPE)• Master of Arts in Political Economy

(MAPE)• Juris Doctor

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



BACHELOR OF ARTS INPOLITICAL ECONOMY

Today’s increasingly complex national andglobal environment calls for a more integra-tive mindset. Contemporary social, politi-cal, and economic challenges can rarely beapproached from a single perspective. The

Bachelor of Arts in Political Economy (BAPE)and Master of Arts in Political Economy(MAPE) programs aim to equip students withthe knowledge and analytical skills necessaryto understand the complex and dynamic in-terplay of political and economic institutionsthat shape current social realities. Suchholistic perspective is key to being effectivedecision-makers and leaders in whateversector of society the graduates aim to carveout their career. Hence, the program adoptsan interdisciplinary approach to the study ofsocial problems and issues, using analyticaltools and methods from political science,economics, history, sociology, public admin-istration, and philosophy.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESThe Political Economy program’s rigoroustraining and interdisciplinary character allowstudents to distinguish themselves in differentareas of study, and inculcate critical thinkingand analysis highly valued in studies, profes-sions, and fields such as the following:• Law• Academe and research• Diplomacy and foreign service• International organizations such as the

IMF and the United Nations• Multinational corporations• Banking and financial institutions• Print and broadcast journalism• Development-oriented work with NGOs• Public service

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTSEntry into the BAPE program is open to

students who comply with the University’sadmission requirements. They should passthe UA&P Entrance Exam and complete alldocuments needed for admission.

ACADEMIC LOADFirst Year 1st semester 23 units 2nd semester 23 unitsSecond Year 1st semester 20 units 2nd semester 20 unitsThird Year 1st semester 24 units

2nd semester 21 units Summer 3 unitsFourth Year 1st semester 21 units 2nd semester 18 units Summer 3 unitsTotal 176 units

STUDENT EVALUATION1.00 – 1.25 Excellent

1.50 – 1.75 Superior2.00 – 2.25 Very Good2.50 – 2.75 Good3.00 Competent3.50 Failed/ Failed Due to Ab-

sences

COURSES OFFEREDThird Year – First SemesterECO 311P Intermediate MacroeconomicsIPE 301 Approaches to the Study of

Politics

Third Year – Second SemesterECO 321P Intermediate MicroeconomicsIPE 302 Political Institutions and Dynamics

Third Year – SummerSTAT 300 Statistics for Social Sciences

Fourth Year – First SemesterECO 512 International EconomicsIPE 401 Theories of Political EconomyIPE 402 Theories of Development and

Underdevelopment

IPE 403 Theories of International Rela-tions

IPE 404 Work and SocietyIPE 415 Managing Governance

Fourth Year – Second SemesterECO 429 Economic HistoryIPE 406 General Research Methods for

Social SciencesIPE 411 Comparative Political EconomyIPE 412 International Political EconomyIPE 413 Seminar in Political Economy

IPE 416 Public Policy Analysis

Fourth Year – SummerIPE405 Summer Internship Program

COURSE DESCRIPTIONSIntermediate Macroeconomics (ECO 311P)This course equips students with a frame-work to analyze the effects and relationshipsof the broad macroeconomy to the internalaffairs of a business or firm.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Intermediate Microeconomics (ECO 321P)This course introduces the basic workings ofthe market system and price mechanism. Itaims to make students understand how re-sources are allocated in a free market econo-my and how they are optimally allocated byconsumers and firms. The course also helpsstudents draw the policy implications formanagement of firms and households and

understand the implications of the differenttypes of markets on competition and firmbehavior.

Economic History (ECO 429)The course is about the historical study andanalysis of economic growth and economicdevelopment using theories, concepts, andprinciples of neoclassical and new institu-tional economics.

International Economics (ECO 512)The course covers various trade theories,trade policies and economic integration, andspecial topics, such as the International Tradein Services, World Trade Organization, anddesigning free trade agreements.

Approaches to the Study of Politics (IPE 301)This course aims to provide students with aclear understanding of the development ofthe study of politics as an organized field ofknowledge and as an academic discipline. Itintroduces the students to the diverse ap-proaches in the area of political analysis.

Political Institutions and Dynamics (IPE 302)The course aims to enable students to knowthe institutional underpinnings of the state,the market, and civil society as agents in thepolitical arena; to comprehend the relationsamong the institutions of the state, the stateand the market, and the state and civil soci-ety; and to understand the political dynamicsin the Philippine context.

Theories of Political Economy (IPE 401)This course investigates some of the mostinfluential theories found in the traditionof political economy. It seeks to familiarizestudents with a variety of perspectives forstudying the relationship between politics,economics, and society.

Theories of Development and Underdevelopment(IPE 402)The course explores the concept of develop-ment, both in its political and economic as-pects, and from both theoretical and practical

perspectives. The course discusses the rela-tionship between democracy and economicgrowth and examines how culture shapesthe political and economic institutions andprocesses.

Theories of International Relations (IPE 403)In this course, the students learn how toanalyze and appreciate the significance of

world affairs, specifically its impact on globalrelations among and within individual coun-tries, and to understand the structure of theinternational system and its ramifications inthe conduct of world affairs.

Work and Society (IPE 404)The course aims to enable students to under-stand the person’s role and significance as aworker in society and his/her role in societyas agent of change, development, and stabil-ity.

Summer Internship Program (IPE 405)The course provides a venue for the studentsto apply what they have learned in class,allows them to gain practical experience intheir field of specialization, and preparesthem for their future careers. It immersesstudents in environments where they will en-rich their knowledge and acquire real-worldexperience.

General Research Methods for Social Sciences (IPE406)

This course provides students with the op-portunity to apply social science researchmethodology to a particular issue or area.It allows them to analyze in depth a criticaland relevant problem and present a detailedproposal on how to best address the identi-fied research gap.

Comparative Political Economy (IPE 411)The course establishes the general conceptof political economy and the comparativemethods applied to the analysis of nations’political economy. It also reviews approachesto comparative political economy and looksat specific theories of comparative politicaleconomy applied to East and Southeast Asia.

International Political Economy (IPE 412)This course explores the ways in whichpolitical and economic factors interact at theglobal level. It also reviews the roles playedby various actors and institutions in shapingthe global economy.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Seminar in Political Economy (IPE 413)The course seeks to answer fundamentalquestions on the origin, history, nature, andpractice of political economy by re-visitingthe primary sources of classic thoughts onthe field, dissecting some of the currentmodels in the field, and testing its applica-bility and relevance to Philippine and AsiaPacific international relations and develop-

ment issues.

Managing Governance (IPE 415)This is an introductory course to the field oforganizational and management theory asapplied in the context of the administrationand governance of public sector organiza-tions in particular, and society in general, in aglobalizing world.

Public Policy Analysis (IPE 416)This introductory course studies the natureand dynamics of public policymaking. Itdelves into the political economy of publicpolicy by examining the policy process as ameans to solve public problems in a demo-cratic state.

Statistics for Social Sciences (STAT 300)This course on statistical theory and meth-ods strengthens the research capability ofthe students. The numerical skills that theylearn through this course are useful in under-standing economic and social phenomenaas they take place in various organizational

settings.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTSCandidates for graduation must complete allacademic and non-academic requirements ofthe graduate program and clear all academicdeficiencies.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



MASTER OF ARTS INPOLITICAL ECONOMY

with Specialization in International Relations

and Development

The Master of Arts in Political Economy pro-gram offers a specialization in InternationalRelations and Development (IRD). The pro-

gram aims to help students appreciate howour current global political and economic in-terdependence shapes the human and socialdevelopment dimensions of our local andnational policies. Such understanding is animportant core principle of good governancein both domestic and international affairs.

The MAPE-IRD program also offers an op-portunity for students to assess the sourcesand implications of international political andeconomic change and to explore the valuesand specific actions of private individuals, lo-cal communities, multinational corporations,governments, and international organiza-tions trying to respond to the challenge ofglobalization.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESThe Political Economy program’s rigoroustraining and interdisciplinary character al-low students to distinguish themselves indifferent areas of study, and inculcate criti-cal thinking and analysis highly valued instudies, professions, and fields such as the

following:• Law• Academe and research• Diplomacy and foreign service• International organizations such as the

IMF and the United Nations• Multinational corporations• Banking and financial institutions• Print and broadcast journalism• Development-oriented work with NGOs• Public service

QUALIFICATIONS TO 4th YEAR A Political Economy student qualifies for thefourth-year level so long as he/she has fin-ished all of his/her CAS academic subjects..This policy of IPE is in compliance with theUniversity’s NO CAS BACK SUBJECT Policy.

QUALIFICATIONS TO 5th YEARA Political Economy student qualifies for thefifth year provided that he/she

• Has a weighted average of 2.0 (all fourth-year subjects including those taken dur-ing summer);

• Does not have a grade of incomplete(INC) in more than six units of coursework in the fourth year; and

• Has no remaining CAS subjects.

Non-UA&P students with undergraduate de-

grees who would like to take the MAPE-IRDprogram should submit/fulfill the followingrequirements:• Completed MAPE-IRD Application Form• Curriculum Vitae• Official Transcript of Records• Photocopy of Diploma• Interview with a senior IPE faculty mem-

ber• Prospectus of the undergraduate degree

obtained (for accreditation purposes)

Guidelines for External (Non-UA&P) Stu-dents Taking the MAPE program• Non-UA&P students need to take a

minimum of 60 master’s units, includingThesis (Courses that can be accreditedas part of an external student’s master’sunits should not exceed 24 units).

• Non-UA&P students who do not have adegree in the Social Sciences must takeand pass all Third Year Pol Eco subjects(15 units) before proceeding to the MAcourses. However, these courses shallnot be counted as part of the master’s

units of the student.• Regardless of undergraduate/previous

degree, external students must take thefollowing subjects:IPE 401 Theories of Political

Economy (3 units)IPE 404 Work and Society (3 units)IPE 407 Quantitative Research Meth-

ods (3 units)IPE 408 Qualitative Research

Methods (3 units)IPE 412 International Political Econo-

my (3 units)IPE 500 Thesis (6 units)

• External students have a maximumresidency of four years to finish theirmaster’s studies. The University policy onaccreditation should be followed.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



ACADEMIC LOADFirst Year 1st semester 26 units 2nd semester 26 unitsSecond Year 1st semester 26 units 2nd semester 26 unitsThird Year 1st semester 30 units 2nd semester 24 units Summer 3 unitsFourth Year 1st semester 18 units

2nd semester 18 units Summer 3 unitsFifth Year 1st semester 12 units 2nd semester 6 unitsTotal 218 units

STUDENT EVALUATIONFor 3rd year subjects1.00 – 1.25 Excellent1.50 – 1.75 Superior2.00 – 2.25 Good2.50 – 2.75 Competent

3.00 Passing3.50 Failed

For 4th and 5th year subjects1.00 – 1.25 Excellent1.50 – 1.75 Superior2.00 – 2.25 Good2.50 Passing3.00 Failed

COURSES OFFEREDThird Year – Firs t Semester

ECO 311P Intermediate MacroeconomicsIPE 301 Approaches to the Study ofPolitics

Third Year – Second SemesterECO 321P Intermediate MicroeconomicsIPE 302 Political Institutions and Dynamics

Third Year – SummerSTAT300 Statistics for Social Sciences

Fourth Year – First SemesterECO 512 International Economics

IPE 401 Theories of Political EconomyIPE 402 Theories of Development and

UnderdevelopmentIPE 403 Theories of International

RelationsIPE 404 Work and SocietyIPE 407 Quantitative Research Methods

Fourth Year – Second SemesterECO 429 Economic HistoryIPE 408 Qualitative Research MethodsIPE 411 Comparative Political Economy

IPE 412 International Political EconomyIPE 413 Seminar in Political EconomyIPE 414 Public Policy and Governance

Fourth Year – SummerIPE 405 Summer Internship

Fifth YearIPE 500 Thesis

Some Electives (offered in the last 3 years)IPE 511 Political Risk AnalysisIPE 512 Social and Political Constitution

of EconomicsIPE 513 Culture and DevelopmentIPE 514 Philippine Foreign PolicyIPE 515 Issues in Philippine DevelopmentIPE 516 International Trade LawIPE 517 International LawIPE 518 Cultural Diplomacy

COURSE DESCRIPTIONSIntermediate Macroeconomics (ECO 311P)This course equips students with a frame-work to analyze the effects and relationshipsof the broad macroeconomy to the internalaffairs of a business or firm.

Intermediate Microeconomics (ECO 321P)This course introduces the basic workings ofthe market system and price mechanism. Itaims to make students understand how re-sources are allocated in a free market econ-omy and how they are optimally allocated

by consumers and firms. The course alsohelps students draw the policy implicationsfor management of firms and householdsand understand the implications of the dif-ferent types of markets on competition andfirm behavior.

Economic History (ECO 429)The course is about the historical study andanalysis of economic growth and economicdevelopment using theories, concepts, andprinciples of neoclassical and new institu-tional economics.

International Economics (ECO 512)The course covers various trade theories,trade policies and economic integration,and special topics, such as the InternationalTrade in Services, World Trade Organization,and designing free trade agreements.

Approaches to the Study of Politics (IPE 301)This course aims to provide students with aclear understanding of the development of

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



the study of politics as an organized field ofknowledge and as an academic discipline.It introduces the students to the diverse ap-proaches in the area of political analysis.

Political Institutions and Dynamics (IPE 302)The course aims to enable students to knowthe institutional underpinnings of the state,the market, and civil society as agents in the

political arena; to comprehend the relationsamong the institutions of the state, the stateand the market, and the state and civil soci-ety; and to understand the political dynam-ics in the Philippine context.

Theories of Political Economy (IPE 401)This course investigates some of the mostinfluential theories found in the traditionof political economy. It seeks to familiarizestudents with a variety of perspectives forstudying the relationship between politics,economics, and society.

Theories of Development and Underdevelopment(IPE 402)The course explores the concept of develop-ment, both in its political and economic as-pects, and from both theoretical and practicalperspectives. The course discusses the rela-tionship between democracy and economicgrowth and examines how culture shapesthe political and economic institutions andprocesses.

Theories of International Relations (IPE 403)In this course, the students learn how toanalyze and appreciate the significance ofworld affairs, specifically its impact on globalrelations among and within individual coun-tries, and to understand the structure of theinternational system and its ramifications inthe conduct of world affairs.

Work and Society (IPE 404)The course aims to enable students to under-stand the person’s role and significance as a

worker in society and his/her role in societyas agent of change, development, and stabil-ity.

Summer Internship Program (IPE 405)The course provides a venue for the studentsto apply what they have learned in class, al-lows them to gain practical experience in theirfield of specialization, and prepares them fortheir future careers. It immerses students in en-vironments where they will enrich their knowl-edge and acquire real-world experience.

Quantitative Research Methods (IPE 407)The course provides students with a work-ing knowledge of the quantitative researchprocess and the appropriate tools for datacollection and analysis, and initiates theminto the process of preparing a sound anddefensible quantitative research proposal inpolitical economy.

Qualitative Research Methods (IPE 408)The course is designed to introduce thequalitative research paradigm as differenti-ated from the classical quantitative/positivistparadigm.

Comparative Political Economy (IPE 411)The course establishes the general conceptof political economy and the comparativemethods applied to the analysis of nations’political economy. It also reviews approachesto comparative political economy and looks

at specific theories of comparative politicaleconomy applied to East and Southeast Asia.

International Political Economy (IPE 412)This course explores the ways in whichpolitical and economic factors interact at theglobal level. It also reviews the roles playedby various actors and institutions in shapingthe global economy.

Seminar in Political Economy (IPE 413)The course seeks to answer fundamentalquestions on the origin, history, nature, andpractice of political economy by re-visitingthe primary sources of classic thoughts onthe field, dissecting some of the currentmodels in the field, and testing its applica-bility and relevance to Philippine and AsiaPacific international relations and develop-ment issues.

Public Policy and Governance (IPE 414)This course studies the nature and dynamicsof public policymaking and administration ina political economy context. The course not

only makes use of policy and governancecases in the Philippines as subjects of illus-tration and analysis, but also draws from theexamples and experiences of other countriesfor comparison.

Thesis (IPE 500)This course initiates the student to the pro-cess of doing graduate-level research andwriting a research proposal.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Statistics for Social Sciences (STAT 300)This course on statistical theory and meth-ods strengthens the research capability ofthe students. The numerical skills that theylearn through this course are useful in under-standing economic and social phenomenaas they take place in various organizationalsettings.

ElectivesPolitical Risk Analysis (IPE 511)This course provides an overview of politi-cal risk analysis, defined here as the appliedstudy of how political decisions or eventsmay negatively impact businesses. Creditratings, expropriation, and social unrest areamong the concepts to be tackled.

Social and Political Constitution of Economics (IPE

512)The course not only covers the analysis of

the interface between politics and economicsbut also contextualizes the political economydynamic in its larger, social environment.The subject of study is the economy with itsincreasingly fast-paced changes unravelinginto other dimensions of society.

Culture and Development (IPE 513)The course focuses on the dynamics of therelationship between culture and develop-ment in the processes of social change insociety.

Philippine Foreign Policy (IPE 514)The course introduces the students to thetheoretical framework of the foreign policyprocess and demonstrates how this theoreti-cal framework is applied to Philippine foreignpolicy decision-making and execution.

Issues in Philippine Development (IPE 515)This course is concerned with both the eco-nomics and politics of Philippine develop-ment. In particular, the course seeks to exam-ine the role of the state and governmentalauthority in economic development.

International Trade Law (IPE 516)The course aims to provide specific consider-ation to the dispute settlement system of theWorld Trade Organization as well as to thecurrent issues relating to trade negotiationsand free trade agreements.

International Law (IPE 517)The course aims to enable students to under-stand the basic characteristics of the system

of international law; have a good commandof how the system works, its processes, andits problems and prospects; acquire the fun-damentals of international legal and politicalmethodology and knowledge; and analyzeand critique, in a technical fashion, events,decisions and policies.

Cultural Diplomacy (IPE 518)

This course explores the history and fu-ture potential of soft power in internationalpolitics, primarily through the use of what iscalled cultural diplomacy. As an IRD elec-tive, the course uses two conceptual framesin the incorporation of culture in policydiscussion: one for international relations,another for development.

IRD Electives are seminar courses coveringspecialized topics in International Relationsand Development handled by the School’sadjunct faculty who are academic expertsand professional practitioners. Among thetopics covered are the following:• Comparative foreign policy• Contemporary issues in world affairs• Cultural diplomacy• Culture and development• Democratic development in Southeast

Asia• Global environmental politics• Governance and development• International economic law• International security and strategic stud-

ies• Issues in Philippine development• Law and economics• Philippine foreign policy• Political economy of international fi-

nance• Political economy of international trade

and business• Political economy of regionalism• Politics of the knowledge economy


Candidates for graduation must complete allacademic and non-academic requirementsof the graduate program and clear all aca-demic deficiencies.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



FACULTYDanica Elaine AngPh.D. Political Science (coursework)University of the Philippines DilimanM.A. Political Economy with Specialization inInternational Relations & DevelopmentUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Monica Ang

Ph.D. Development StudiesDe La Salle University John Lawrence AvilaMaster in International StudiesUniversity of Birmingham, United Kingdom

Ramon CabreraM.A. Political Economy with Specialization inInternational Relations and DevelopmentUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Charles Lawrence ChingM.A. Political Economy with Specialization inInternational Relations and DevelopmentUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Abigail De LeonPh.D. Philippine StudiesUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Nanette DungoPh.D. SociologyUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Jeremy Benigno GatdulaMaster of LawsUniversity of Cambridge, United Kingdom

Natividad Cristina GruetPh.D. Development Studies (coursework)De La Salle UniversityM.A. Political Economy with Specialization inInternational Relations and DevelopmentUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Rosario ManaloM.A. International Studies and DiplomacyLong Island University, USA

George ManzanoPh.D. EconomicsUniversity of South Wales, Australia

Ma. Concepcion NocheMaster of LawsAteneo de Manila University

May Zuleika Salao

Ph.D. Philippine Studies (candidate)University of the Philippines DilimanM.A. Philippine StudiesUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Corazon ToralbaPh.D. PhilosophyUniversity of Santo Tomas

Richard UmaliMaster in Public PolicyNational University of Singapore

Emmanuel YujuicoPh.D. Political ScienceUniversity of Birmingham, United Kingdom

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



JURIS DOCTOR PROGRAMS

On top of the standard competencies re-quired by the Legal Education Board, gradu-ates of the UA&P Law programs are honedto be skilled in legal reasoning and advocacyand, more importantly, to be well-roundedindividuals: cultured and ethical, familiarwith both public and private sector mindset,

and capable of understanding peoples andlegal systems transcending national borders.

With the foreseen economic integration of the10 ASEAN countries in 2015, the Law pro-grams aim to equip the students with tools toprepare them for practice in the region.

The 4-year Juris Doctor (JD) program is opento college graduates who fulfill the condi-tions for application to law school and passthe law school qualifying test (LSQT) and

other screening procedures.

The 7-year JD Honors Program is open onlyto high school graduates who land amongthe top 50 admitted applicants to the fresh-man undergraduate year in UA&P. Studentsaccepted in the program are still required totake the LSQT and undergo other screeningprocedures before admission to the JD pro-gram proper. Those who complete the pro-gram will receive a Bachelor of Arts degreein Humanities and a Juris Doctor degree.

High school graduates who wish to apply tothe 7-year JD program should take the UA&Pentrance exams for entering college freshmen.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of the Law program are expectedto be cultured, entrepreneurial, ethical, globaladvocates, capable of practicing in the ASEANregion, and equipped with a broad under-standing of the different legal systems in andbeyond national and regional borders. Afterthe completion of the program, graduates can

work in different areas of law, related fields,and relevant institutions, such as:• Private law practice or law firms• Business or corporate work• Judiciary and legal administration• Elective or appointive public service• Government or international counsel• Academe or think tanks• Banking and finance• Multinational corporations and interna-

tional organizations• International dispute settlement

• Domestic or international cause-orientedadvocacy groups

• Economic or political institutions andbodies

ADMISSIONAdmission to the JD program is based solelyon merit.

The Admissions Committee shall base its deci-sion on the results of the Law School Qualify-ing Test (LSQT) or the Law Aptitude Score(LAS), the General Weighted Average (GWA) inthe undergraduate course, the interview, andother requirements as may be necessary.

QUALIFICATIONS FOR ADMISSIONThe applicant must1. Be a graduate of a Bachelor’s degree and

should have earned at least 18 units ofEnglish, six units of Mathematics, and 18

units of Social Science subjects;2. Have passed the LSQT;3. Have good moral character as attested to

in the two recommendation letters fromthe Dean or the Guidance Counselor ofhis/her school and from a reputable per-son in the community; and

4. Have been qualified in an interview bythe School of Law and Governance.

THE LSQTThe Law School Qualifying Test is designed to

measure certain abilities, skills, and behaviornecessary in the study and practice of law. Itconsists of four subtests in Verbal Reason-ing, Critical Thinking, Quantitative Ability, andFigural Reasoning. The LAS is the compositescore, which is based on the summation of allthe subtest scores and is taken as a generalmeasure of performance on the LSQT.

To take the LSQT, the applicant must submitthe following no later than two weeks beforethe examination date:•

Duly accomplished registration form• Photocopy of collegiate transcript of

records showing compliance with eligi-bility requirements above

• Certification of candidacy for graduation• Three copies of 2x2 ID picture with white

background• Proof of payment of testing fee of

PHP1,500.00

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



ACADEMIC LOADYear I 1st Semester 18 units 2nd Semester 19 unitsYear II 1st Semester 23 units 2nd Semester 22 units Summer 2 unitsYear III 1st Semester 18 units 2nd Semester 19 units Summer 2 units

Year IV 1st Semester 24 units 2nd Semester 21 unitsTotal 168 units

COURSES OFFEREDYear I – First SemesterJDCONI1 Constitutional Law IJDCRMI1 Criminal Law IJDItL1 Introduction to LawJDLEGP1 Legal ProfessionJDLRTW1 Legal Research and Thesis Writ-

ing

JDPFR1 Persons and Family RelationsJDPHIL1 Philosophy of LawJDSTAT1 Statutory Construction

Year I – Second SemesterJDBLET1 Basic Legal EthicsJDCON21 Constitutional Law IIJDCRM21 Criminal Law IIJDLEWR1 Legal WritingJDLTAL1 Legal Technique and LogicJDOBCO1 Obligations and Contracts

Year II – First SemesterJDALSL2 Agrarian Law & Social Registra-

tionJDATAP2 Agency, Trust and PartnershipJDCRMP2 Criminal ProcedureJDCRTR2 Credit TransactionsJDLMED2 Legal MedicineJDNEGO2 Negotiable InstrumentsJDNREL2 Natural Resources and Environ-

mental LawJDPROP2 PropertyJDSALE2 Sales

Year II – Second SemesterJDADML2 Administrative Law, Law on

Public Officers & Election LawsJDCIVP2 Civil ProcedureJDCORL2 Corporation LawJDHURL2 Human Rights LawJDLTAD2 Land Titles and DeedsJDPIL2 Public International LawJDSIIL2 Special Issues on International

LawJDTAXI2 Taxation Law I

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Year II – SummerJDAPRI2 Summer Apprenticeship I

Year III – First SemesterJDELEC3 ElectivesJDINSU3 InsuranceJDLBLI3 Labor Law IJDSUCC3 SuccessionJDTAX23 Taxation II

JDTORT3 Torts and Damages

Year III – Second SemesterJDCOFL3 Conflict of LawsJDELEC3 ElectivesJDEVID3 EvidenceJDFRMS3 Legal FormsJDLBL2 Labor Law IIJDSPRO3 Special ProceedingsJDTRAN3 Transportation

Year III – SummerJDAPR23 Summer Apprenticeship II

Year IV – First SemesterJDCONR4 Constitutional Law ReviewJDCVRI4 Civil Law Review IJDELEC4 ElectivesJDLBRR4 Labor Law ReviewJDPRCI4 Practice Court IJDRMRI4 Remedial Law Review IJDTHES4 JD Thesis

Year IV – Second SemesterJDCOMR4 Commercial Law Review

JDCRMR4 Criminal Law ReviewJDCVR24 Civil Law Review IIJDELEC4 ElectivesJDPRC24 Practice Court IIJDRM24 Remedial Law Review II

FACULTYThe law program’s faculty consists of rec-ognized and reputable experts with gov-ernment service experience, includingincumbent and retired judges and justices;instructors in private legal practice and busi-ness; legal scholars and jurists who have

established themselves in their respectivefields; and law practitioners with a broadrange of experience, both local and interna-tional.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



The School of Management (SMN) offersdegree and non-degree programs that shapebusiness leaders and entrepreneurs imbuedwith ethical and moral values, a global per-spective, and corporate social responsibility.It aims to be the leading management andbusiness school in the Asia-Pacific region.To achieve this, the School develops thestudents’ strategic, analytical, and criticalthinking skills; imparts high quality educa-tion through distinguished teaching; con-ducts rigorous management and businessresearch; and provides a personalized ap-proach to management education.

SMN confers the following degrees:• Bachelor of Science in Business Adminis-

tration Major in Management• Bachelor of Science in Business Adminis-

tration Major in Management with Spe-cialization in Business Analytics

• Bachelor of Science in EntrepreneurialManagement

• Master of Science in Management• Master of Science in Management – Eve-

ning Program

School of

Management

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE INBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

MAJOR IN MANAGEMENT

The Bachelor of Science in Business Admin-istration (BSBA) is a four-year undergraduateprogram of SMN. It prepares the students,with its solid but practical general manage-

ment curriculum, to work for the top 1,000corporations and/or start their own business.The BSBA Program has a strong emphasison liberal arts, governance, corporate socialresponsibility, and global outlook, offering abroad perspective and appreciation of issuesfacing any future leader and manager.

Aside from classroom learning, the BSBAalso offers experience-based learningthrough the two internship courses that thestudents undergo. The first internship is on

organizational immersion where they see thedifferent tasks and processes of institutionsthat they work for. For Internship 2, asidefrom organizational immersion, students aretasked to handle mini-projects for the institu-tions they are working for.

Currently, the BSBA program offers onespecialization, BSBA Major in Management.Soon, patterned in this curriculum, the BSBAprogram will offer the following specializa-tions: (1) BSBA Major in Knowledge ProcessOutsourcing Management and (2) BSBAMajor in Business Economics.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESA graduate with a degree of BS BusinessAdministration has opportunities to pursue aprofessional career in the corporate environ-ment. They can enter the different manageri-al fields, specifically finance, marketing, andhuman resource. Aside from taking advan-tage of opportunities in the corporate world,BSBA graduates can venture into start-up,hyper growth, or emerging markets, or even

in the professionalization of family busi-nesses.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTSEntry into the BSBA program is open tostudents who comply with the University’sadmission requirements. They should passthe UA&P Entrance Exam and complete alldocuments needed for admission.

ACADEMIC LOADFirst Year 1st semester 23 units 2nd semester 23 unitsSecond Year 1st semester 17 units 2nd semester 23 unitsThird Year 1st semester 18 units 2nd semester 24 units Summer 4 unitsFourth Year 1st semester 23 units

2nd semester 23 units Summer 5 unitsTotal 183 units

STUDENT EVALUATIONGrade Point97 - 100 1.0093 - 96 1.2589 - 92 1.5085 - 88 1.7582 - 84 2.0079 - 81 2.25

76 - 78 2.5073 - 75 2.7570 - 72 3.00Below 70 3.5

COURSES OFFEREDSecond Year – First SemesterMGT 200 Introduction to Management

Second Year – Second SemesterMGT 210 Principles of Accounting IMGT 250 Quantitative Analysis for

Management

Third Year – First SemesterECN 333 Managerial EconomicsICA 101 Business Writing and

CommunicationMGT 211 Principles of Accounting IIMGT 220 Principles of Marketing

Third Year – Second SemesterECN 311 MacroeconomicsMGT 201 Business LawMGT 212 Managerial Accounting

MGT 213 Finance IMGT 221 Industry and Regional Market

AnalysisMGT 230 Human Behavior in Organizations

Third Year – SummerMGT 240 Internship 1: Organizational

Immersion

Fourth Year – First SemesterMGT 202 TaxationMGT 214 Finance II

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



MGT 215 Management Information Sys-tems and Technology

MGT 231 Human Resource ManagementMGT 251 Operations ManagementMGT 280 Elective

Fourth Year – Second SemesterMGT 203 Business EthicsMGT 204 International Business

MGT 222 Consumer Behavior and MarketResearch

MGT 260 MRS: Case WritingMGT 261 Entrepreneurship and InnovationMGT 262 Business Policy and Strategic

ManagementMGT 281 Elective

Fourth Year – SummerMGT 241 Internship 2: Professional In-

ternship

Electives

MGT 280A Brand ManagementMGT 280B Knowledge ManagementMGT 281A Investment ManagementMGT 281B Digital Marketing

COURSE DESCRIPTIONSMacroeconomics (ECN 311)This course in macroeconomics equipsstudents with a framework to analyze theeffects and relationships of the broad mac-roeconomy to the internal affairs of a busi-ness or firm. The framework makes use of

both qualitative and quantitative techniques,although focus is on qualitative analysis.

Managerial Economics (ECN 333)This course aims to equip students with thebasic concepts and tools of economic analy-sis used in addressing business decision-making problems. It provides an analyticalframework for making managerial decisionsby using economic terms and concepts, eco-nomic models, and quantitative analyses.

Business Writing and Communication (ICA 101) The course focuses on the techniques of ef-fective oral and written communications inbusiness. It deals specifically with the natureand scope of business presentations, speechcommunication, and presentation skills.

Introduction to Management (MGT 200) This course provides an overview of the fourfunctional areas of management and intro-duces basic managerial functions, concepts,and processes. It also exposes students,

as future managers, to the decision-makingprocesses involved in management func-tions.

Business Law (MGT 201) The course introduces students to basiclaws and regulations affecting business or-ganizations and transactions.

Taxation (MGT 202) The course will introduce the students to theNational Internal Revenue Code, which con-tains the basic laws and regulations affectingbusiness transactions.

Business Ethics (MGT 203) This is a philosophical study of work in thelight of its anthropological, sociological,and ethical dimensions. It seeks to highlightthe relevance of work as a human activity,contributing thus to the development of theworker, co-workers, culture, and society.

International Business (MGT 204) This is an introductory course on interna-tional business. The first part covers inter-national marketing, describing the differentmodes of engaging in international market-ing. The second part dwells on various tradetheories, and the third part focuses on tradepolicies and economic integration.

Principles of Accounting I (MGT 210)This course is designed as an accounting in-

troductory course for students who intend tobecome professional managers with an en-trepreneurial and ethical mindset. The typi-cal transactions and accounting problemsof single proprietorships engaged in serviceand merchandising businesses provide theframework for discussion.

Principles of Accounting II (MGT 211) This second introductory course on the fun-damental principles of accounting covers thefollowing key topics: accounting for part-nerships, the corporation’s balance sheet,

income statement, statement of cash flows,and financial statement analysis.

Managerial Accounting (MGT 212) This course covers the following key top-ics: management accounting, cost-volume-profit analysis, the master budget, flexiblebudgets, activity-based costing, and specialbusiness decisions.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Finance I (MGT 213) This course covers basic financial manage-ment as the body of fundamental concepts,principles, and techniques applicable todecision making with an eye toward creatingeconomic value or wealth.

Finance II (MGT 214) This course focuses on the fundamental

concepts, principles, and techniques appli-cable to decision making with an eye towardcreating wealth. It is designed to preparestudents to make a business plan for theirproject-based internship in summer.

Management Information Systems and Technology(MGT 215) This course exposes students to current the-ories and concepts of information technol-ogy, information systems, business informa-tion systems, systems analysis, and design.It adopts the O’Brien Five Module frameworkin dealing with information systems andtechnology.

Principles of Marketing (MGT 220)This course aims to enable students tounderstand the dynamics of marketing as abasic function of management. Topics cov-ered include the principles of marketing andthe marketing process and its function in anorganization.

Industry and Regional Market Analysis (MGT 221)

This is a research seminar course that formallyintroduces students to industry analysis and,since firms compete within the context ofindustries, to competitive strategy. The focusis on mastering and applying the Five Forcesframework of Dr. Michael E. Porter.

Consumer Behavior and Market Research (MGT222) This course introduces students to the dy-namics of market research and its process asa basic tool in marketing and business man-agement. The course focuses on principles

of research methodology, research methods,data collection, sampling techniques, andstatistical tools used in research.

Human Behavior in Organizations (MGT 230) This course introduces students to thetheories, concepts, models, and dynamics ofhuman behavior in organizations.

Human Resource Management (MGT 231) The course provides students with a general-

ist’s viewpoint of human resource manage-ment as an important leadership enabler inthe achievement of business results.

Internship 1: Organizational Immersion (MGT 240) The course aims to raise awareness aboutthe need to have work-life balance and theways to achieve it using management tools.The course adapts the management tools of

strategic planning and balanced scorecards.

Internship 2: Professional Internship (MGT 241) This internship requires students to have aresearch-based project for the company. Thestudents act as junior consultants, who pro-vide their host companies with a concrete out-put or report regarding their specific needs.

Quantitative Analysis for Management (MGT 250)This course deals with the principal conceptsand applications of techniques of quantita-tive analysis in many types of organizational

decision-making situations. These tech-niques have been successfully applied to anincreasingly wide array of complex problemsin business such as marketing, financialanalysis and projection, project manage-ment, and operations management.

Operations Management (MGT 251)The course covers the concepts and applica-tions of operations management (OM). Itfocuses on recent trends, developments, andapplications of OM principles in managing

business operations.

MRS: Case Writing (MGT 260)The course aims to develop students whoare able to undertake research that haspractical significance and sufficient academicrigor and, at the same time, is personallyinteresting.

Entrepreneurship and Innovation (MGT 261) This is an integrative course that allowsstudents to apply their knowledge of thefunctional areas of management: marketing,

production, human resource, and finance;industry and regional analysis; and quantita-tive decision analysis tools. As an appliedresearch course, the main output will be anactual feasibility study and a business plan.

Business Policy and Strategic Management (MGT262) The course emphasizes the holistic appli-cation of the concepts graduate studentslearned on the different functional areas of

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



management: marketing, production, hu-man resources, and finance; and on the toolsand methods of external analysis includingindustry analysis.

ElectivesBrand Management (MGT 280A)This project-based workshop involves a se-ries of lectures prior to a supervised market-

ing project. The lectures establish the con-cepts and fundamental principles involved inbrand management activities, which includecompetitive analysis, marketing research,strategic planning, and marketing plan for-mulation.

Knowledge Management (MGT 280B)This course aims to develop among thestudents a foundation of knowledge and un-derstanding of issues in knowledge manage-ment that supports successful managementof organizational learning and intellectualcapital in a rapidly growing and changingenvironment.

Investment Management (MGT 281A)The course introduces and orients studentsto the basic concepts, theories, and strate-gies of investments. Focus is on domesticversus international investments, and finan-cial versus real investment opportunities.

Digital Marketing (MGT281B)This course is designed as an introduction to

the rapidly evolving world of digital market-ing, in order to help students understandhow developments in digital marketing areaffecting businesses and consumers. It deliv-ers an overview of the interactive and digitalenvironment and the major channels andtools used in interactive marketing.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTSThe awarding of a degree from the Univer-sity is premised on the satisfactory comple-tion of the curriculum requirements of the

program of study by the student.Candidates for graduation must complete allacademic and non-academic requirements ofthe program and clear all academic deficien-cies.

FACULTY Ma. Victoria CaparasPh.D. ManagementUniversidad de Navarra, Spain

Anna Maria MendozaPh.D. Business AdministrationUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Lota Kristine San Juan-NablePh.D. Business (candidate)De La Salle UniversityM.S. ManagementUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Jodie Claire NgoPh.D. Business (candidate)De La Salle UniversityM.S. ManagementUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Winston Conrad Padojinog

Ph.D. Business AdministrationDe La Salle University

Raymund PangilinanPh.D. Canon LawUniversidad de Navarra, Spain

Eric ParillaPh.D. Business AdministrationUniversity of Northern Philippines

Brenda QuismorioPh.D. Business AdministrationUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Patrick ZetaM.S. ManagementUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE INBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

MAJOR IN MANAGEMENT with Specialization in Business Analytics

The Bachelor of Science in Business Admin-istration Major in Management with Spe-cialization in Business Analytics (BSBA-BA)Program is a four-year course of UA&P thatprepares students to work in a corporatesetting, specifically in companies that handlebig data or do business analytics. BSBA-BAhas a strong emphasis on liberal arts, gov-ernance, corporate social responsibility, andglobal outlook, offering a broad perspectiveand appreciation of issues and trends in thebusiness environment.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

Graduates of BSBA-BA have interesting jobsawaiting for them in any company that usesbig data. They can find themselves involvedanywhere from data stewardship to data archi-tecture, or from data science to data consump-tion, taking on any of the following roles:• Database administrator• Research associate• Operations analyst• Reports developer• Data miner• Big data developer•

Data warehouse designer• Statistical modeler• Infographics designer• Business analyst• Creative branding designer• Business process consultant• Chief data officer• Chief business strategist

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTSEntry into the BSBA-BA program is open tostudents who comply with the University’sadmission requirements. They should passthe UA&P Entrance Exam and complete alldocuments needed for admission.

ACADEMIC LOADFirst Year 1st Semester 18 units 2nd Semester 18 unitsSecond Year 1st Semester 18 units 2nd Semester 21 unitsThird Year 1st Semester 27 units 2nd Semester 27 units Summer 3 units

Fourth Year 1st Semester 24 units 2nd Semester 21 units Summer 3 unitsTotal 180 units

STUDENT EVALUATIONGrade Point97-100 1.093-96 1.25

89-92 1.585-88 1.7582-84 2.079-81 2.2576-78 2.573-75 2.7570-72 3.0Below 70 3.5

COURSES OFFEREDSecond Year – First SemesterMGT 200 Introduction to Management

Second Year – Second SemesterMGT 210 Principles of Accounting I

MGT 250 Quantitative Analysis for Man-

agement

Third Year – First SemesterBAFBANA Fundamentals of Business Ana-

lytics

ECN 333 Managerial Economics

ICA 101 Business Writing and Commu-

nication

MGT 211 Principles of Accounting II

MGT 220 Principles of Marketing

Third Year – Second SemesterBAFWARE Fundamentals of Data Ware-

housing

ECN 311 Macroeconomics

MGT 201 Business Law

MGT 212 Managerial Accounting

MGT 213 Finance I

MGT 221 Industry and Regional Market

Analysis

MGT 230 Human Behavior in Organiza-

tions

Third Year – SummerBAINTER1 Analytics Internship 1

Fourth Year – First SemesterBAFDESC Fundamentals of Descriptive

Analytics

BAFPRED Fundamentals of Predictive

Analytics

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



MGT 202 Taxation

MGT 214 Finance II

MGT 222 Consumer Behavior and Market

Research

MGT 231 Human Resource Management

MGT 251 Operations Management

Fourth Year – Second SemesterBAFPRES Fundamentals of Prescriptive

AnalyticsMGT 203 Business Ethics

MGT 204 International Business

MGT 215 Management Information Sys-

tems and Technology

MGT 260 MRS: Case Writing

MGT 261 Entrepreneurship and Innova-

tion

MGT 262 Business Policy and Strategic

Management

Fourth Year – Summer

BAINTER2 Analytics Internship 2

COURSE DESCRIPTIONSFundamentals of Business Analytics (BAFBANA) The course introduces the students to businessanalytics, which is a process that transformsdata into information to inspire insights thatdrive decisions for positive business results. Inthis course, students learn how companies usedata to gain competitive advantage. Studentsare taught to identify business analytics oppor-tunities to solve business challenges.

Fundamentals of Descriptive Analytics (BAFDESC)The course introduces the students to de-scriptive analytics, which make use of cur-rent transactions to enable managers tovisualize how the company is performing. Itteaches the students to prepare reports usingdescriptive analytics tools.

Fundamentals of Predictive Analytics (BAFPRED) The course introduces the students to predic-tive analytics, which allows voluminous data

to be used for prediction, classification andassociation, making it a very useful tool forprojections, forecasts, and correlations. Algo-rithms for prediction are presented alongsidetheir limitations and applicability.

Fundamentals of Prescriptive Analytics (BAFPRES) The course introduces the students to pre-scriptive analytics, which presents optionsthat optimize organizational goals given aset of constraints. Algorithms for optimiza-

tion problems are presented alongside theirlimitations and applicability.

Fundamentals of Data Warehouse (BAFWARE) The course introduces students to the funda-mentals of data warehousing for managers.It provides the fundamental data modelingand data warehousing concepts and tech-niques. It also examines the critical success

factors and risk in designing, developing,and implementing a data warehouse.

Analytics Internship 1 (BAINTER1) Analytics Internship 2 (BAINTER2) These two internship courses aim to preparestudents for their eventual jobs and careersin business analytics. Students immersethemselves in an organization and work onsimple business analytics projects such ashelping to identify opportunities for businessanalytics solutions. Their output is presented

to the management for evaluation. The orga-nization’s rating of the report forms part ofthe student’s final grade.

Macroeconomics (ECN 311) This course in macroeconomics equips stu-dents with a framework to analyze the effectsand relationships of the broad macroecono-my to the internal affairs of a business or firm. The framework makes use of both quali-tative and quantitative techniques, althoughfocus will be on qualitative analysis.

Managerial Economics (ECN 333)This course aims to equip students with thebasic concepts and tools of economic analy-sis used in addressing business decision-making problems. It provides an analyticalframework for making managerial decisionsby using economic terms and concepts, eco-nomic models, and quantitative analyses.

Business Writing and Communication (ICA 101)The course focuses on the techniques of ef-

fective oral and written communications inbusiness. It deals specifically with the natureand scope of business presentations, speechcommunication, and presentation skills.

Introduction to Management (MGT 200)This course provides an overview of the fourfunctional areas of management and intro-duces basic managerial functions, concepts,and processes. It also exposes students, asfuture managers, to the decision-making pro-

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



cesses involved in management functions.

Business Law (MGT 201)The course introduces students to basic lawsand regulations affecting business organiza-tions and transactions.

Taxation (MGT 202)The course will introduce the students to the

National Internal Revenue Code, which con-tains the basic laws and regulations affectingbusiness transactions.

Business Ethics (MGT 203)This is a philosophical study of work in thelight of its anthropological, sociological,and ethical dimensions. It seeks to highlightthe relevance of work as a human activity,contributing thus to the development of theworker, co-workers, culture, and society.

International Business (MGT 204)This is an introductory course on internation-al business. The first part covers internation-al marketing, describing the different modesof engaging in international marketing. Thesecond part dwells on various trade theories,and the third part focuses on trade policiesand economic integration.

Principles of Accounting I (MGT 210)This course is designed as an accountingintroductory course for students who intend

to become professional managers with anentrepreneurial and ethical mindset. The typ-ical transactions and accounting problemsof single proprietorships engaged in serviceand merchandising businesses provide theframework for discussion.

Principles of Accounting II (MGT 211)This is the second of two introductorycourses for management students on thefundamental principles of accounting. Thefollowing key topics are covered: accounting

for partnerships, the corporation’s balancesheet, income statement, statement of cashflows, and financial statement analysis.

Managerial Accounting (MGT 212)This course covers the following key top-

ics: management accounting, cost-volume-

profit analysis, the master budget, flexible

budgets, activity-based costing, and special

business decisions.

Finance I (MGT 213)This course covers basic financial manage-

ment as the body of fundamental concepts,

principles, and techniques applicable to

decision making with an eye toward creating

economic value or wealth.

Finance II (MGT 214)This course focuses on the fundamental

concepts, principles, and techniques appli-cable to decision making with an eye toward

creating wealth. It is designed to prepare

students to make a business plan for their

project-based internship in summer.

Management Information Systems and Technology(MGT 215)This course exposes students to current the-

ories and concepts of information technol-

ogy, information systems, business informa-

tion systems, systems analysis, and design.

It adopts the O’Brien Five Module frameworkin dealing with information systems and

technology.

Principles of Marketing (MGT 220)This course aims to enable students to

understand the dynamics of marketing as a

basic function of management. Topics cov-

ered include the principles of marketing and

the marketing process and its function in an

organization.

Industry and Regional Market Analysis (MGT 221)This is a research seminar course that formally

introduces students to industry analysis and,

since firms compete within the context of

industries, to competitive strategy. The focus

is on mastering and applying the Five Forces

framework of Dr. Michael E. Porter.

Consumer Behavior and Market Research (MGT 222)This course introduces students to the dy-

namics of market research and its process as

a basic tool in marketing and business man-

agement. The course focuses on principlesof research methodology, research methods,

data collection, sampling techniques, and

statistical tools used in research.

Human Behavior in Organizations (MGT 230)This course introduces students to thetheories, concepts, models, and dynamics ofhuman behavior in organizations.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Human Resource Management (MGT 231)The course provides students with a general-ist’s viewpoint of human resource manage-ment as an important leadership enabler inthe achievement of business results.

Quantitative Analysis for Management (MGT 250)This course deals with the principal conceptsand applications of techniques of quantita-

tive analysis in many types of organizationaldecision-making situations. These tech-niques have been successfully applied to anincreasingly wide array of complex problemsin business such as marketing, financialanalysis and projection, project manage-ment, and operations management.

Operations Management (MGT 251)The course covers the concepts and appli-cations of operations management (OM). Itfocuses on recent trends, developments, and

applications of OM principles in managingbusiness operations.

MRS: Case Writing (MGT 260)The course aims to develop students whoare able to undertake research that haspractical significance and sufficient academicrigor and, at the same time, is personallyinteresting.

Entrepreneurship and Innovation (MGT 261)This is an integrative course that allows

students to apply their knowledge of thefunctional areas of management: marketing,production, human resource, and finance;industry and regional analysis; and quantita-tive decision analysis tools. As an appliedresearch course, the main output will be anactual feasibility study and a business plan.

Business Policy and Strategic Management (MGT262)The course emphasizes the holistic appli-cation of the concepts graduate students

learned on the different functional areas ofmanagement: marketing, production, hu-man resources, and finance; and on the toolsand methods of external analysis includingindustry analysis.

FACULTYMa. Victoria CaparasPh.D. ManagementUniversidad de Navarra, Spain



Jodie Claire NgoPh.D. Business (candidate)De La Salle UniversityM.S. ManagementUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Winston Conrad PadojinogPh.D. Business AdministrationDe La Salle University


Eric ParillaPh.D. Business AdministrationUniversity of Northern Philippines

Nonna ParrillaM.S. Computer Science (candidate)De La Salle UniversityM.S. Industrial EconomicsUniversity of Asia and the Pacific


Leni Grace Anne Sunico

M.A. Business EconomicsUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Kimberly May VallesterosM.S. Applied Mathematics (Operations Re-search)University of the Philippines


7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE INENTREPRENEURIAL

MANAGEMENT

UA&P’s Entrepreneurial Management (EM)program is the only Bachelor of Science pro-gram that effectively nurtures entrepreneurialpotential as early as the adolescent years. It is

the country’s pioneer in establishing a programfor young entrepreneurs.

The EM program is an intense, holistic, andintegrated formation program uniquelydesigned to breed young entrepreneurs anddevelop them into mentally sharp, sociallyadept, emotionally mature, physically fit andmorally grounded individuals. UA&P pro-vides a comprehensive Liberal Education,developing students not to be mere techni-cians but leaders, innovators, and thinkers

who can articulate their ideas well and aspireto envision a better economy and society.

Under the EM program, students are chal-lenged to start their businesses as early asthe college level. Seasoned experts provideintense personalized business coaching andguidance through real business applications.

Considering that the entrepreneurial spirit isthe backbone of any economy, the programaspires to make a significant contribution tothe national economy by nurturing entrepre-

neurial talent among the youth.

EM students take part in exclusive activities,such as the EM Cup, the Business Entrepre-neur’s Forum, and the Grand Welcome, Incor-poration, Installation, Recognition Rites. Theyalso participate in seminar-recollections.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESTrue to the program’s mission of forming ho-listic and innovative startup business owners,EMP graduates are spread across the country’s

business and entrepreneurial landscape. Mostof them are at the helm of diverse and growingventures in businesses such as food manu-facturing and retail, garments, printing, agri-culture, aquaculture, construction, restaurant,events management, and export; others havetaken over and expanded existing family busi-nesses. EMP alumni continue to be a movingforce behind the country’s economic develop-ment, a testament to the Program’s unique-ness and achievements.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS1. Accomplished application form (or an on-

line application)2. Secondary school record (enclosed in a

sealed envelope and the flap signed bythe School Registrar)

3. Recommendation form (enclosed in asealed envelope and the flap signed bythe Principal or Guidance Counselor)

4. Personal essay (typewritten on shortbond paper) that conveys interests (vi-sual/theater arts, sports, music, gourmetcooking, etc.); accomplishments; family,educational, entrepreneurial, and socialexperiences; future goals; strengths,weaknesses, and potentials that positive-ly contribute to the development of theUniversity (maximum of 250 words)

5. Parents’ information sheet6. Three 2x2 identical pictures7. Accomplished scholarship / financial

aid application and recommenda-tion form for those applying for grants

8. Photocopy of NSO-authenticated birthcertificate

ACADEMIC LOADFirst Year 1st semester 24.5 units 2nd semester 24.5 units Summer 6 unitsSecond Year 1st semester 23 units 2nd semester 26 unitsThird Year 1st semester 25.5 units

2nd semester 19.5 unitsFourth Year 1st semester 23.5 units 2nd semester 16.5 unitsTotal 189 units

STUDENT EVALUATION97-100 1.0093-96 1.2589-92 1.5085-88 1.7582-84 2.0079-81 2.2576-78 2.5073-75 2.7570-72 3.0Below 70 (F) 3.5

COURSES OFFEREDFirst Year – First SemesterMGT 200 Introduction to ManagementPDS 101a Self-Awareness/Self Discovery

First Year – Second SemesterMGT 210 Principles of Accounting 1

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



MGT 220 Principles of MarketingPDS 101b Self-Awareness/Self Discovery

Second Year – First SemesterICA Business Writing and Communi-

cationMGT 211 Principles of Accounting 2 (Cost

Accounting)MGT 222 Consumer Behavior and Market

ResearchNBV 1 Business Opportunities 1

(Innovation/Modeling)

Second Year – Second SemesterBMT 1 Business MathematicsECOa MicroeconomicsMGT 212 Managerial AccountingMGT 251 Operations ManagementNBV 2a Business Plan 1 (Marketing to

Operations Plan)

Third Year – First Semester

ECOb MacroeconomicsIPD-CSR Corporate Social ResponsibilityMGT 201 Business LawMGT 213 Finance 1MGT 230 Human Behavior in OrganizationsNBV 2b Business Plan 2 (Financial and

Business Plan)

Third Year – Second SemesterEMEB Entrepreneurial BehaviorMGT 202 TaxationMGT 231 Human Resource Management

MGT 252 Operations ResearchNBV 3 Business Implementation 1

(Register and Set-up)PDS 102b Family Life Education

Fourth Year – First SemesterCOMP 1 ComputerMGT 262 Business Policy and Strategic

ManagementNBV 4 Business Implementation 2 (Op-

erate)PDS 103a Work-Life Balance

Fourth Year – Second SemesterNBV 5 Entrepreneurship Integration

(Audit)PDS 103b Work-Life Balance

COURSE DESCRIPTIONSBusiness Mathematics (BMT 1)This course brings together basic statisticaland other mathematical modeling tools thatare intended to assist students in analyzingand logically interpreting data that may berelevant to their future business ventures.It also provides a foundation for a futurecourse in Operations Research.

Computer (COMP 1)The course aims to provide students withthe substance and skills necessary to makesound business decisions relating to infor-mation systems and how to apply them instart-up businesses.

Microeconomics (ECOa)As a practical application of the theories andconcepts in microeconomics, the courseemploys a number of auxiliary case studies,

reports, and papers from a variety of con-temporary sources.

Macroeconomics (ECOb)This course provides students with an under-standing of the workings of the economy asa whole. In particular, the course focuses onthe Philippine macroeconomy.

Entrepreneurial Behavior (EMEB)This is a specialized psychology course de-signed especially for EM students in order todeepen their understanding and internaliza-

tion of entrepreneurial behavior, which startswith an entrepreneurial mindset and thedevelopment of innate innovative behaviors.

Business Writing and Communications (ICA101)The course focuses on the techniques of ef-fective oral and written communications inbusiness. It deals specifically with the natureand scope of business presentations, speechcommunication, and presentation skills.

Corporate Social Responsibility (IPD-CSR)IPD-CSR is a three-unit course that focuseson the study of the proper role of a cor-poration in society and on how it can bestcontribute to economic, social, and environ-mental sustainability. The course frameworkis anchored on the social doctrine of theChurch.

Introduction to Management (MGT 200)The course discusses in detail and in thepractical sense a wide range of basic man-agement principles, such as planning and

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



decision making, organizing, controlling,motivating and leading, and dealing withchange, conflict, and negotiation.

Business Law (MGT 201)The course introduces students to basic lawsand regulations affecting business transac-tions in the Philippines.

Taxation (MGT 202)The course introduces students to the Na-tional Internal Revenue Code, which containsthe basic laws and regulations affecting busi-ness transactions.

Principles of Accounting 1 (MGT 210)In this course, the typical transactions andaccounting problems of single proprietor-ships engaged in service and merchandis-ing businesses provide the framework fordiscussion. Students are also introduced tobusinesses done through corporations.

Principles of Accounting 2 (Cost Accounting) (MGT211)This course covers the following key topics:accounting for partnerships, the corpora-tion’s balance sheet, income statement,statement of cash flows, and financial state-ment analysis.

Managerial Accounting (MGT 212)This course introduces the students to theformal and practical challenges and practice

of business planning.

Finance 1 (MGT 213)This introductory course on the theory andpractice of corporate finance covers topicson the goal of the firm, time value of money,valuing bonds and common stock, risk andreturn, cost of capital, investment criteria,financial planning and analysis, and workingcapital management.

Principles of Marketing (MGT 220)This course aims to enable students to

understand the dynamics of marketing as abasic function of management. Topics cov-ered include the principles of marketing, themarketing process, and its function in anorganization.

Consumer Behavior and Market Research (MGT 222)This course aims to enable students to un-derstand the dynamics of market research asa basic tool in marketing and business man-agement. The students learn the rationale

and significance of market research as wellas the entire market research process.

Human Behavior in Organizations (MGT 230)The course provides an eclectic view of howpeople, from a universal perspective, act, re-act, behave, get stimulated and motivated, aswell as pursue goals as leaders, individuals,and members of teams in an organization.

Human Resource Management (MGT 231)The course provides students with a general-ist’s viewpoint of human resource manage-ment as an important leadership enabler inthe achievement of business results.

Operations Management (MGT 251)The course covers the concepts and applica-tions of operations management (OM). Itfocuses on recent trends, developments, andapplications of OM principles in managingbusiness operations.

Operations Research (MGT 252)The course introduces students to the useof quantitative methods and techniques insolving business decision problems. It dealsspecifically with linear programming, inven-tory management, PERT/CPM, networking,and probability decision tree analysis.

Business Policy and Strategic Management (MGT262)The course emphasizes the holistic appli-

cation of the concepts graduate studentslearned on the different functional areas ofmanagement: marketing, production, humanresources, and finance; and on the tools andmethods of external analysis.

Business Opportunities 1 (Innovation/Modeling)(NBV1)This introductory module seeks to deepenthe students’ awareness of entrepreneurialtraits and their appreciation of what makes asuccessful entrepreneur. It focuses on devel-oping in the students a strategic orientation.

Business Plan 1 (Marketing to Operations Plan)(NBV 2a) This course introduces the students to the for-mal and practical challenges and practice ofbusiness planning.

Business Plan 1 (Financial and Business Plan) (NBV2b)This course focuses on creating a realisticfinancial plan. It requires putting into num-

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



bers all aspects of the business covered bythe marketing and operations plans. Further,the students are guided in tying up all workdone into one coherent final business plan.

Business Implementation 1 (Register and Set-up)(NBV3)This course covers the set-up stage in estab-lishing the new business. Students are asked

to organize, operationalize, and program thebusiness such that needed funds are avail-able; required documentation, registration,and approval and permits are in order; andsystems are in place prior to the start ofbusiness operations.

Business Implementation 2 (Operate) (NBV4)The course is primarily concerned withachieving viability of a business, which ismeasured by the achievement of a minimumlevel of profitability. At this point, studentsshould have completed the basic set-uprequirements and should have started or areready to start actual operations.

Entrepreneurship Integration (Audit) (NBV5)In this course, the students are expectedto have been running their business for atleast six months and earning an averageof P20,000 a month. This module helps theentrepreneur to know where he is and toprepare for the next stage.

Self-Awareness/Self Discovery (PDS 101a)

The course aims to elevate the sense ofresponsibility and maturity level of studentsthrough increased self-awareness and en-hanced self-esteem by means of the devel-opment of self-discipline and control.

Self-Awareness/Self Discovery (PDS 101b)The course aims to elevate the maturity levelof students by discussing the fundamentalimportance of self-mastery as a springboardtoward self-giving for the sake of others.

Family Life Education (PDS 102a)

The course is designed to familiarize thestudents with the origin, nature and pur-pose, and principles pertaining to the familyfrom the perspective of the teachings of theGospel and natural law and the provisions ofthe Family Code.

Family Life Education (PDS 102b)The course provides various situational in-sights unfolding in the course of living in thecommunity of persons known as the family.

Such issues as parenting, leadership, com-munications, and dealing with adolescentmembers are addressed.

Work-Life Balance (PDS 103a)The course deals with how individual em-ployees can achieve balance between workand family life. It also covers the concept ofcareer success.

Work-Life Balance (PDS 103b)The course deals with the interface of workand family in organizations.

ElectivesSales Management (MGT 290)This course provides students with a clearunderstanding of sales management as itrelates to marketing in order to ensure theeffective implementation of marketing plansand programs.

Business Ethics (MGT 291)This course seeks to highlight the relevanceof work as a human activity, contribut-ing thus to the development of the worker,co-workers, culture and society. The ethicaldimensions treated here are focused on theindividual worker’s personal development asworker regardless of specialization.

Managing Family Business (MGT 292)This course is a study of the nature of fam-ily businesses, management, and leadership

processes specific to family enterprises, andthe best practices to ensure their growth andcontinuity.

Financial Integration (MGT 293)The course provides a strategic framework tointegrate finance in doing business, with em-phasis on its implication toward operationalor policy decisions, investment decisions,and financing decisions.

Venture Capital (MGT 294)This course focuses on financing issues facing

the entrepreneur, the tools and methods usedin determining how much money a ventureactually needs in order to be viable, and thedifferent types of financing alternatives avail-able to new and early stage ventures.

E-Commerce (MGT 295)This course is a study of the fundamentalsof conducting business and commerce usingthe Internet facilities and network. It dealsspecifically with business strategies for elec-tronic commerce, electronic commerce tech-

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016


7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



MASTER OF SCIENCE INMANAGEMENT

The Management program combines busi-ness and academics that stimulate students’lives in the real world after graduation. In theprocess, the program equips students withthe knowledge, skills, and attitude necessary

to transform the challenges of the 21st cen-tury into opportunities for sustainable busi-nesses and socially responsible enterprises.

The Management program aims to developthe Management ACES—managementstudents who are analytical, have excellentcommunication skills, are ethical, and showthe necessary soft skills (i.e., emotional andprofessional maturity, and ability to work ina team).

The Master of Science in Management is the

flagship graduate program of the School ofManagement. It is a unique five-year pro-gram that equips its students with the know-how and determination to convert presentchallenges into opportunities to build busi-nesses and socially responsible enterprises.It arms them with strong analytical skills,communication skills, ethical sensitivity, andsoft skills, making them dynamic and flexiblein meeting the ever-changing demands ofthe business environment

MScM offers, in the first year of specializa-tion, a strategic view of basic managementfunctions (finance, human resources, market-ing, operations, and enterprise resource sys-tems). On the second year of specialization,the focus is on a multi-disciplined analyticalframework, a holistic and strategic perspec-tive to decision-making, and a systematicapproach to implementation.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of the Master of Science in Man-agement have broader opportunities in thecorporate world through their vast knowl-edge of the different managerial functionssuch as marketing, human resource, opera-tions, accounting, and finance. Aside fromthis, MScM Graduates are also trained inthe area of research through the differentprojects that they have accomplished, whichinclude feasibility studies, market research,industry analysis, HR planning, and opera-tions management.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS(1) UA&P Students

Entry into the MScM program is open tostudents who comply with the Univer-sity’s academic retention requirementsfor incoming third year students. Theyshould pass the Diagnostic Exam (whichcovers math and verbal skills, learningstyles, and dichotic/thinking style) and

the interview. They should also attendthe activity on Self-Discovery, “Knowingyour Thinking and Learning Style.”The following documents must be sub-mitted:1. Filled out application form2. Temporary transcript of records3. Two 2x2 ID pictures

(2) External Students/Working ProfessionalsIt is offered to individuals who haveearned their graduate degree from other

universities. It is also open to those whoare currently employed and can take theMScM Evening Program. External stu-dents must also take the MScM Qualify-ing Program (MQP), which is given annu-ally during summer before the first term.The following documents must be sub-mitted:1. Filled out application form2. Transcript of records3. Resumé4. Reference letter from the current em-

ployer or last school attended

For Foreign Applicants, if English is not thenative language or medium of instruction,the candidate should take the Test of Englishas a Foreign Language (TOEFL) and obtain aminimum score of 600.


Summer 2 unitsThird Year 1st semester 30 units 2nd semester 24 units Summer 5 unitsFourth Year 1st semester 19 units 2nd semester 21 units Summer 3 unitsFifth Year 1st semester 19 units 2nd semester 15 unitsTotal 242 units

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



STUDENT EVALUATIONFor 3rd year subjects 1.00 – 1.25 Excellent1.50 – 1.75 Superior2.00 – 2.25 Good2.5 – 2.75 Competent3.00 Passing3.50 Failed

For 4 th year and 5 th year subjects 1.00 – 1.25 Excellent1.50 – 1.75 Superior2.00 – 2.25 Good2.5 Passing3.00 Failed

COURSES OFFEREDSecond Year – SummerMGT 203 Decision Analysis and Quantita-

tive Techniques I

Third Year – First SemesterMGT 303 Decision Analysis and Quantita-tive Techniques II

MGT 311 Principles of Accounting I

Third Year – Second SemesterMGT 210 Introduction to Management IMGT 310 Introduction to Management IIMGT 312 Principles of Accounting II

Third Year – SummerMGT 302 Business IT with Financial Mod-

elling

PHL 104M Work and Society (MScM)

Fourth Year – First SemesterECO 426 Managerial Economics (MScM)MGT 420 Managing People in Organiza-

tion with Human Behavior inOrganizations

MGT 430 Marketing ManagementMGT 440 Operations ManagementMGT 450 Finance IMGT 460 Management Information Sys-

tems and TechnologyMGT 480 Organization and Leadership

Fourth Year – Second SemesterECO 311 Intermediate MacroeconomicsECO 429 Economic History and Develop-

mentMGT 300 Business Writing and Presenta-

tionMGT 400A Personal and Professional De-

velopment 1AMGT 421 Human Resource Management

(MScM)

MGT 451 Finance IIMGT 470 Competitive Strategy Analysis

Fourth Year – SummerMGT 400B Personal and Professional De-

velopment 1B

Fifth Year – First SemesterMGT 510 Corporate Planning and Busi-

ness PolicyMGT 511 Management Research Seminar IMGT 516 Organizational Development

and Corporate CultureMGT 530 International Business and Inter-

national EconomicsMGT 540 Project Management (MScM)MGT 571 Entrepreneurship and Innova-

tion

Fifth Year – Second SemesterMGT 500 Business Academe Partnership

(Internship 2)

MGT 512 Management Research Seminar IIMGT 515 Strategic Thinking and Manage-

ment

ElectivesELEC 432 Brand ManagementELEC 535 Advanced Market ResearchELEC 536 Retail and Franchise Manage-

mentELEC 550 Marketing Research: A Tool for

Brand ManagementELEC 555 Investment Management

ELEC 560 Applied FinanceELEC 581 Business LawELEC 599 Internet Sales and MarketingELEC 600 Credit Risk Analysis and Fixed

Income InvestmentsELEC 601 Analysis of Equity Investments

and the Fundamentals of Merg-ers and Acquisitions

COURSE DESCRIPTIONSIntermediate Macroeconomics (ECO 311) This course equips students with a frame-

work to analyze the effects and relationshipsof the broad macroeconomy to the internalaffairs of a business or firm. The frameworkmakes use of both qualitative and quantita-tive techniques, although focus is on qualita-tive analysis.

Managerial Economics (MScM) (ECO 426)This course on managerial economics aimsto equip students with the basic concepts andtools of economic analysis used in address-ing business decision-making problems.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016


7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



ment as the body of fundamental concepts,principles, and techniques applicable todecision making with an eye toward creatingeconomic value or wealth.

Finance II (MGT 451) The course is concerned with the mainte-nance and creation of economic value orwealth. It is designed to prepare students to

make a business plan for their project-basedinternship in summer.

Management Information Systems and Technology(MGT 460) This course focuses on the ways informationsystems affect the management of businessentities, particularly in personal productivity,business operations and integration, and de-cision making. The discussion is supportedby laboratory exposures on modeling anddatabases.

Competitive Strategy Analysis (MGT 470) This is a research seminar course that focus-es on the analysis of a subsector that com-prises the economy: industries.

Organization and Leadership (MGT 480) This course addresses the challenge of usingan ethical framework to manage organiza-tions and business activity. It is concernedwith developing a new management phi-losophy where personal, ethical, and organi-zational criteria are central to management

policy, alongside business and financialissues.

Business Academe Partnership (Internship 2) (MGT500) The Business Academe Partnership is thesecond of the two internships of the MScMprogram. It is a seven-month project-basedand research-based internship programwhere the interns are assigned to projectsthat address their employers’ specific man-agement or business issues through specificoutcomes.

Corporate Planning and Business Policy (MGT 510)Competitive Strategy Analysis (CSA) II (Cor-porate Planning and Business Policy) empha-sizes the holistic application of the conceptsthat graduate students learned in the fourthyear to the different functional areas ofmanagement and the tools and methods ofexternal analysis, including Industry Analysis(CSA I).

Management Research Seminar I (MGT 511) This is an introductory research seminarcourse that seeks to assist fifth-year MScMstudents in deeply appreciating and apply-ing the attitudes, principles, and skills ofmanagement research needed to addressthe management dilemma faced by the clientcompany.

Management Research Seminar II (MGT 512) Second of two parts of the research seminarcourse, this course is intended to enrich stu-dents on the dynamic nature of the triad re-lationship among the mentor-mentee-clientin the successful completion of the projectdeemed to add value to the respective targetorganization.

Strategic Thinking and Management (MGT 515) Strategy making is considered the high pointof managerial activity. This course seeks tocover both the literature and the field prac-tice in strategy formation and managementto set out its different angles, orientations,and tendencies.

Organizational Development and Corporate Culture(MGT 516) Offered to fifth-year MScM students who arebeing molded to gain a general managementperspective with preferred areas of practice,this course aims to contribute toward theprocess whereby individual managers ac-quire the knowledge and understanding that

will lead to effective behaviors in implement-ing change.

International Business and International Economics(MGT 530) The course consists of two parts: (1) the in-ternational environment analysis that coversvarious trade theories, trade policies, eco-nomic integration, and exchange rate issues;and (2) a more practical understanding ofinternational business. Ethics is the founda-tion of the course as nations continue to look

beyond their boundaries.Project Management (MScM) (MGT 540) The course covers the latest planning andcontrol techniques of project management.It covers nine project management bodiesof knowledge that are now used outside thetraditional project industries and adopted bymany large companies in an effort to keeptheir work small and manageable.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Entrepreneurship and Innovation (MGT 571) This is an integrative course that allows stu-dents to apply their knowledge of (a) the fourfunctional areas of management: marketing,production, human resource, and finance;(b) industry and regional analysis; and (c)quantitative decision analysis tools. Themain output is an actual feasibility study anda business plan.

Work and Society (MScM) (PHL 104M) A philosophical study of work, the worker,and his multi-dimensional realities, thiscourse focuses on an analysis of man andhis interactions, examining his personal andsocial significance as an economic agent insociety relative to its given institutions.

ElectivesBrand Management (ELEC 432)This project-based workshop involves a se-ries of lectures prior to a supervised market-ing project. The lectures establish the con-cepts and fundamental principles involved inbrand management activities, which includecompetitive analysis, marketing research,strategic planning, and marketing plan for-mulation.

Advanced Market Research (ELEC 535) This course introduces students to market-ing research as a process and a basic toolin marketing and business management. Itis also intended to provide a description of

the underlying principles and applications ofmarketing research both from the user anddoer perspectives.

Retail and Franchise Management (ELEC 536)This course is designed for graduate stu-dents to acquire skills and knowledge on thevarious roles and responsibilities of retailand franchise professionals.

Marketing Research: A Tool for Brand Management(ELEC 550) This course focuses on the ABC’s of market-ing research. Although students may notchoose market research as a career, theywould most likely be dealing with marketresearchers either on their own company’sinternal research department or with outsideresearch suppliers. Consequently, familiaritywith and internalization of theories, process-es, and applications would be important.

Investment Management (ELEC 555)The course introduces and orients students

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



to the basic concepts, theories, and strate-gies of investments. Focus is on domesticversus international investments, and finan-cial versus real investment opportunities.

Applied Finance (ELEC 560)This course is an introduction to investmentanalysis and portfolio management. Topicsrevolve around the concept of risk and return

as presented in portfolio theory and theabsolute and relative valuation techniquesand technical analysis as applied to equityportfolio management. It also aims to com-bine theory and practice by letting studentscompete with each other in a stock markettrading game.

Business Law (ELEC 581)This course provides a basic review of Philip-pine laws and principles that govern or affectbusiness or commercial transactions. By theend of the course, students are expected togain a general knowledge of these laws andbe able to apply these to situations they en-counter in their business environment.

Internet Sales and Marketing (ELEC 599)This course teaches sales and marketingthrough experience using the Internet. Stu-dents handle web marketing and sales forreal businesses. Topics include ROI or con-version-driven web design and optimization,web advertising (primarily Google Adwords),and decision making through web analytics.

Credit Risk Analysis and Fixed Income Investments(ELEC 600)The course covers the basic principles ofanalyzing credit risk, the types of corporatefunding, the various credit facilities and in-struments, and the application of the generalprinciples of credit risk analysis. It also dealswith tradable fixed income investmentsincluding corporate notes, bonds, and othertreasury instruments.

Analysis of Equity Investments and the Fundamentalsof Mergers and Acquisitions (ELEC 601)The course includes discussions on the pur-pose and function of the stock market and anoverview of equity securities and markets. Italso deals with the valuation of equity invest-ments and the fundamental principles ofmergers and acquisitions.


The awarding of a degree from the Univer-sity is premised on the satisfactory comple-tion of the curriculum requirements of theprogram of study by the student.

Students who make it to the 5th year needonly pass all their subjects, with a grade not

lower than 2.5, in order to receive their Mas-ter’s degree. Candidates for graduation mustcomplete all academic and non-academicrequirements of the graduate program andclear all academic deficiencies.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



MASTER OF SCIENCE INMANAGEMENT –

EVENING PROGRAM

The program offers, in the first year, a strate-gic view of basic management functions (fi-nance, human resources, marketing, opera-tions, and enterprise resource systems). On

the second year, the focus is on a multi-dis-ciplined analytical framework, a holistic andstrategic perspective to decision making, anda systematic approach to implementation.

The program is also offered to individualswho have earned their graduate degree fromother universities. Applicants must first takethe MScM Qualifying Program (MQP), whichis given annually during summer before thefirst term.

ADMISSION CRITERIA1. Graduate of any degree2. Satisfactory interview results3. Proficiency in oral and written communi-

cation skills

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS(to be submitted in a short brown envelope)1. Completed MScM application form2. Transcript of records (original copy)3. Curriculum vitae (with 2x2 photo)4. Two 2x2 pictures (white background)

5. Two letters of recommendation (fromsupervisor or former professors)

GRADING SYSTEM1.00 – 1.25 Excellent1.50 – 1.75 Superior2.00 – 2.25 Good2.5 Passing3.00 Failed

COURSES OFFEREDPreliminary CourseMGT 210 Principles of Accounting

Year I – First SemesterECO 426 Managerial Economics (MScM)MGT 420 Managing People in Organiza-

tion with Human Behavior inOrganizations

MGT 430 Marketing ManagementMGT 440 Operations ManagementMGT 450 Finance IMGT 460 Management Information

Systems and Technology

MGT 480 Organizations and Leadership

Year I – Second SemesterECO 311 Intermediate MacroeconomicsECO 429 Economic History and

DevelopmentMGT 300 Business Writing and

PresentationMGT 400A Personal and Professional

Development 1AMGT 421 Human Resource Management

(MScM)MGT 451 Finance IIMGT 470 Competitive Strategy Analysis

Year I – SummerMGT 400B Personal and Professional

Development 1B

Year II – First SemesterMGT 510 Corporate Planning and

Business Policy

MGT 511 Management Research Seminar IMGT 516 Organizational Development

and Corporate CultureMGT 530 International Business and

International EconomicsMGT 540 Project Management (MScM)MGT 571 Entrepreneurship and

Innovation

Year II – Second SemesterMGT 500 Business Academe Partnership

(Internship 2)

MGT 512 Management Research Seminar IIMGT 515 Strategic Thinking and

Management

ElectivesELEC 432 Brand ManagementELEC 535 Advanced Market ResearchELEC 536 Retail and Franchise Manage-

mentELEC 550 Marketing Research: A Tool for

Brand ManagementELEC 555 Investment ManagementELEC 560 Applied FinanceELEC 581 Business LawELEC 599 Internet Sales and MarketingELEC 600 Credit Risk Analysis and Fixed

Income InvestmentsELEC 601 Analysis of Equity Investments

and the Fundamentals ofMergers and Acquisitions

COURSE DESCRIPTIONSIntermediate Macroeconomics (ECO 311)This course equips students with a frame-

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



work to analyze the effects and relationshipsof the broad macroeconomy to the internalaffairs of a business or firm.

Managerial Economics (MScM) (ECO 426)This course on managerial economics aimsto equip students with the basic concepts andtools of economic analysis used in addressingbusiness decision-making problems.

Economic History and Development (ECO 429) The course focuses on providing the frame-works for understanding economic history andeconomic development and in relating themto management problems and concerns. Thecourse is divided into two parts: economic his-tory and economic development.

Principles of Accounting (MGT 210)This course is designed as an accountingintroductory course for students who intendto become professional managers with an

entrepreneurial mindset. The typical trans-actions and accounting problems of singleproprietorships engaged in service and mer-chandising businesses provide the frame-work for discussion.

Business Writing and Presentation (MGT 300) Business Writing is a workshop designed tosharpen the skills of students in preparingreports and other written requirements in theirfourth and fifth year in the course. The em-phasis is on skill development and exercises

involving research, writing, and revising drafts.

Personal and Professional Development 1 (MGT400) The Personal and Professional DevelopmentI course is a six-unit course whose mainrequirements are attendance in personaland professional activities and internshipin an organization. The internship programexposes students to private, government, ornon-governmental organizations in and outof the Philippines.

Managing People in Organization with Human Be-havior in Organizations (MGT 420) This course focuses on, among others, the con-tent of the managerial processes, the abilitiesand skills required of managers in order forthem to carry out their management activities,and the evaluation of managerial decisions.

Human Resource Management (MScM) (MGT 421)The course focuses on the effective struc-turing of the organization and repositions

the human resources function as a strategicpartner of top management, thus assuming aproactive role in enhancing the competencyand capability build-up of an organization.

Marketing Management (MGT 430) This course is designed to provide studentswith a formal training on the concepts andbasic principles of marketing. It also aims to

enable students to understand the dynamicsof marketing as a basic function of manage-ment.

Operations Management (MGT 440) The course covers the concepts and applica-tion techniques of operations management(OM). It focuses on recent trends, develop-ments, and applications of OM principles inmanaging business and non-business opera-tions.

Finance I (MGT 450)

This course covers basic financial manage-ment as the body of fundamental concepts,principles, and techniques applicable todecision making with an eye toward creatingeconomic value or wealth.

Finance II (MGT 451) Financial Management is concerned withthe maintenance and creation of economicvalue or wealth. This course is designed toprepare students to make a business plan fortheir project-based internship in summer.

Management Information Systems and Technology(MGT 460) This course focuses on the ways informationsystems affect the management of businessentities, particularly in personal productivity,business operations and integration, and de-cision making. The discussion is supportedby laboratory exposures on modeling anddatabases.

Competitive Strategy Analysis (MGT 470) This is a research seminar course that focus-

es on the analysis of a subsector that com-prises the economy: industries.

Organization and Leadership (MGT 480) This course addresses the challenge of usingan ethical framework to manage organiza-tions and business activity. It is concerned withdeveloping a new management philosophywhere personal, ethical, and organizational cri-teria are central to management policy, along-side business and financial issues.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016


7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



researchers either on their own company’sinternal research department or with outsideresearch suppliers. Consequently, familiaritywith and internalization of theories processesand applications would be important.

Investment Management (ELEC 555)The course introduces and orients students tothe basic concepts, theories, and strategies of

investments. Focus will be on domestic versusinternational investments, and financial versusreal investment opportunities.

Applied Finance (ELEC 560)This course is an introduction to investmentanalysis and portfolio management. Topicsrevolve around the concept of risk and returnas presented in portfolio theory and theabsolute and relative valuation techniquesand technical analysis as applied to equityportfolio management. It also aims to com-bine theory and practice by letting studentscompete with each other in a stock markettrading game.

Business Law (ELEC 581)This course provides a basic review of Philip-pine laws and principles that govern or affectbusiness or commercial transactions. By theend of the course, students are expected togain a general knowledge of these laws andbe able to apply these to situations they en-counter in their business environment.

Internet Sales and Marketing (ELEC 599)This course teaches sales and marketingthrough experience using the Internet. Stu-dents handle web marketing and sales forreal businesses. Topics include ROI or con-version-driven web design and optimization,web advertising (primarily Google Adwords),and decision making through web analyt-ics.

Credit Risk Analysis and Fixed Income Investments(ELEC 600)The course covers the basic principles ofanalyzing credit risk, the types of corporatefunding, the various credit facilities and in-struments, and the application of the generalprinciples of credit risk analysis. It also dealswith tradable fixed income investmentsincluding corporate notes, bonds, and othertreasury instruments.

Analysis of Equity Investments and the Fundamentalsof Mergers and Acquisitions (ELEC 601)The course includes discussions on the pur-

pose and function of the stock market and anoverview of equity securities and markets. Italso deals with the valuation of equity invest-ments and the fundamental principles ofmergers and acquisitions.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTSThe awarding of a degree from the Univer-sity is premised on the satisfactory comple-

tion of the curriculum requirements of theprogram of study by the student.


FACULTY Ma. Victoria CaparasPh.D. ManagementUniversidad de Navarra, Spain



Jodie Claire NgoPh.D. Business (candidate)

De La Salle UniversityM.S. ManagementUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Winston Conrad PadojinogPh.D. Business AdministrationDe La Salle University


Eric Parilla

Ph.D. Business AdministrationUniversity of Northern Philippines



7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



School of

Sciences and

Engineering

The School of Sciences and Engineering(SSE) aims to form its students into Renais-sance scientists and engineers with a uniqueportfolio of knowledge, abilities, skills andhabits, ensured by the University’s long-standing tradition in the liberal arts.

UA&P’s pioneers saw the need to humanizethe sciences and engineering, both of whichexperienced rapid technological growth at

the turn of the century. The sense of thetranscendent–of the ‘beyond what is appar-ent’–was lost on the way and such loss led togreater materialism. Today’s engineers andscientists may have effective models to earnprofits or invent things, but all at the cost ofethical conduct. The School of Sciences andEngineering aims to address that.

Under SSE are the following departments:• Department of Engineering• Department of Mathematics• Department of Natural Sciences• Department of Information Technology

SSE confers the following degrees:• Bachelor of Science in Applied Math-

ematics• Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engi-

neering• Bachelor of Science in Information Tech-

nology

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE INAPPLIED MATHEMATICS

The BS Applied Mathematics program is afour-year program that provides studentswith an integral and relevant professionaltraining. It aims to prepare them to becomea highly competent and liberally educated

mathematicians who can construct math-ematical models of real-world situations toaid in decision making and effectively com-municate the results of their research.

The BS Applied Mathematics program restson a strong liberal arts foundation and isdirected toward an understanding of math-ematical theories and their application todifferent fields of study. Emphasis is placedon precision of definition, reasoning to arriveat accurate conclusions, and analysis andformulation of solutions to problems usingmathematical principles.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESA graduate of the BS Applied Mathemat-ics program can be a risk manager, financeengineer, actuary, decision manager, qualitycontrol manager, securities trader, financialadvisor, computer programmer, informationand software engineer, research engineer,mathematical biologist, mathematical mod-eler, computational scientist, mathematicaleconomist, math researcher, or math profes-sor.

He or she can also earn important roles in thefollowing emerging fields both in the Philip-pines and abroad: bioinformatics and systemsbiology, data mining, materials science, com-puter animation and digital imaging, financeand economics, ecology, epidemiology, clima-tology, and environmental issues.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTSIncoming freshman must qualify for admis-sion into the School of Sciences and Engi-neering through the UA&P College EntranceTest (CET) and must make it to the BS Ap-plied Mathematics program cut-off score of60% in the math component.


Third Year 1st semester 21 units 2nd semester 21 unitsFourth Year 1st semester 21 units 2nd semester 18 unitsTotal 170 units

STUDENT EVALUATION 1.00 – 1.25 Excellent1.50 – 1.75 Superior

2.00 – 2.25 Very Good2.5 – 2.75 Good3.00 Competent3.50 Failed

COURSES OFFEREDFirst Year - First SemesterAMC 100 Precalculus Mathematics

First Year – Second SemesterAMC 101 Calculus 1

Second Year - First SemesterAMC 102 Calculus 2AMC 110 Discrete Mathematics

Second Year - Second SemesterAMC 103 Calculus 3AMC 111 Linear AlgebraAMC 150 StatisticsITB 121L Introduction to Computing/L

Third Year - First SemesterAMC 113 Differential Equations 1AMC 180 Operations Research 1

ITB 122L Computing 1/L

Third Year - Second SemesterAMC 117 Numerical AnalysisAMC 151 ProbabilityAMC 160 Theory of InterestXXX Free Elective 1

Fourth Year - First SemesterAMC 112 Advanced Calculus 1AMC 199 Undergraduate ResearchAMEXXX AM Elective 1AMEXXX AM Elective 2

Fourth Year - Second SemesterAMEXXX AM Elective 3AMEXXX AM Elective 4AMEXXX AM Elective 5XXX Free Elective 2

ElectivesAMC 114 Differential Equations II

(Introduction to Partial Differen-tial Equations)

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



AMC 115 Differential Equations II(Nonlinear Dynamics)

AMC 118 SimulationAMC 119 Mathematical ModelingAMC 120 Fundamental Concepts in

MathematicsAMC 140 Mathematical FinanceAMC 152 Applied Multivariate AnalysisAMC 153 Sampling Theory

AMC 154 Statistical TheoryAMC 155 Time Series AnalysisAMC 156 Linear ModelsAMC 161 Actuarial Mathematics IAMC 162 Actuarial Mathematics IIAMC 163 Risk TheoryAMC 170 Data Structures and AlgorithmsAMC 171 Theory of DatabasesAMC 181 Operations Research IIAMC 182 Operations Research III

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Precalculus Mathematics (AMC 100)The course covers, among others, the realnumber system, algebraic expressions, theone- and two-dimensional coordinate sys-tems, functions, equations and inequalities,variation, progression, and circular functionsidentities.

Calculus 1 (AMC 101)This course is an introduction to calculuswith analytic geometry. It covers lines, cir-cles, conic sections, special functions, limits,continuity, derivatives and their applications,differentials, antiderivatives, and definiteintegrals and their applications.

Calculus 2 (AMC 102)This course covers the derivatives and inte-grals of transcendental functions, techniquesof integration, approximations of definiteintegrals, polar coordinate system, vectors,and curves and surfaces in three-dimension-al space.

Calculus 3 (AMC 103)

This course covers calculus of functions ofseveral variables, sequences, infinite series,and power series.

Discrete Mathematics (AMC 110)This course covers the fundamentals oflogic and sets, the fundamental principles ofcounting, algorithms, and some concepts ingraph theory.

Linear Algebra (AMC 111)This course covers matrices, systems of lin-

ear equations, vector spaces, linear indepen-dence, linear transformations, determinants,eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonaliza-tion, and inner product spaces.

Advanced Calculus 1 (AMC 112)This is the first of two courses that introducemathematical analysis beyond the calculusseries. Topics include the real number sys-

tem, point set topology, limits and continu-ity, the derivatives, multivariable differentialcalculus, implicit functions, and extremumproblems.

Differential Equations 1 (AMC 113)This course focuses primarily on techniquesfor finding explicit solutions to linear ordi-nary differential equations.

Numerical Analysis (AMC 117)This course covers error analysis, solutionsof linear equations, numerical integration

and differentiation, and numerical solutionsof ordinary equations.

Statistics (AMC 150)This course is an introduction to statisticsand data analysis. It covers the following:reasons for doing statistics; collection, sum-marization, and presentation of data; basicconcepts in probability; point and intervalestimation; and hypothesis testing.

Probability (AMC 151)

This introductory course in probability cov-ers axiomatic probability space, discrete andcontinuous random variables, special distribu-tions, mathematical expectation, conditionalprobability and independence, multivariatedistributions, Laws of Large Numbers, and theCentral Limit Theorem.

Theory of Interest (AMC 160)This course covers measures of interest,present and future values, equations ofvalue, annuity-certains, general annuity-certains, yield rates, bonds, securities, and

extinction of debts.

Operations Research 1 (AMC 180)This course covers basic concepts, problemformulation, graphical solution for two-vari-able problems, simplex algorithm and otheralgorithms for special linear programmingproblems, and duality and sensitivity analy-sis.

Undergraduate Research (AMC 199)This course covers the preparation, presenta-

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



tion, and defense of a research project in thestudent’s chosen field of specialization, guidedby a research paper adviser.

Introduction to Computing/L (ITB 121L) This course in programming covers algo-rithms and their properties and uses the Clanguage to discuss control constructs ofsequence, selection and repetition, and the

concept of a function.

Computing 1/L (ITB 122L) This is an introductory course on Object-Oriented Programming. It covers essentialcomputer programming concepts and ex-poses students to algorithm development,which equips them with the tools needed todevelop basic Java applications.

ElectivesDifferential Equations II (Introduction to Partial Dif-ferential Equations) (AME 114)This course covers first-order linear partial dif-ferential equations, initial and boundary condi-tions, wave equation, diffusion (heat) equation,boundary problems, Fourier series solutions,and Laplace’s equation.

Differential Equations II (Nonlinear Dynamics) (AME115)This course includes first-order differentialequations and their bifurcations, one-dimen-sional map, logistic map, Lyapunov exponent,universality and renormalization methods,

phase-plane analysis, limit cycles and their bi-furcations, and Poincare-Bendixson Theorem.

Simulation (AME 118)The course discusses basic discrete eventsimulation, input and output analysis ofsimulations, and simulation development viaprogramming in a programming language.

Mathematical Modeling (AME 119)The course introduces students to the pro-cess of modeling real world phenomenausing the tools of mathematics.

Fundamental Concepts in Mathematics (AME 120)This course covers sets, principles of logic,methods of proof, relations, functions, inte-gers, binary operations, complex numbers,matrices and matrix operations, and introduc-tion to mathematical systems.

Mathematical Finance (AME 140)This course covers the Truth in Lending Actand its applications, introduction to financial

instruments, determinants of the interest ratelevels, stochastic interest rates, option pric-ing model, Cox-Ross-Rubenstein Model forstock models, and conditional expectationand European and American options.

Applied Multivariate Analysis (AME 152)This course is concerned with statisticalmethods of describing and analyzing multi-

variate data. Topics include dependence andinterdependence techniques for data reduc-tion and analysis.

Sampling Theory (AME 153)This course provides a discussion of thebasic principles behind probability samplingand estimation.

Statistical Theory (AME 154)This course focuses on the basic theory ofstatistical inference. It covers basic randomsampling, sampling distributions, point and

interval estimation, and hypothesis testing.

Time Series Analysis (AME 155)This course deals with the different methods offorecasting stationary and non-stationary timeseries data. The theoretical and building issuesof classical smoothing techniques, seasonaldecomposition, and the use of Univariate Box-Jenkins statistical models are discussed.

Linear Models (AME 156)This course is concerned with various linear

statistical models for regression, analysisof variance, and experimental designs thatarise in practice.

Actuarial Mathematics I (AME 161)This course covers the mathematical theoryof life contingencies involving single-lifefunctions, mortality, life annuities, and insur-ances and reserves.

Actuarial Mathematics II (AME 162)This course covers multiple decrement theo-ry, disability and mortality, monetary applica-

tions, and introduction to pension theory.

Risk Theory (AME 163)The course covers economics of insuranceand financial instruments, utility and losstheory, risk formulation, and stochastic mod-els and applications.

Data Structures and Algorithms (AME 170)This course covers the different ways of rep-resenting and storing data, including stacks,queues, trees, and graphs. It includes the

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



study of algorithms used to create, update,and access these data structures.

Theory of Databases (AME 171)This course provides an introduction to da-tabase analysis, design, and implementationtechniques and includes the following topics:data organization, relational algebra, func-tional dependencies, and normalization and

query optimization.

Operations Research II (AME 181)This course introduces the students to non-linear programming and its applications.Topics include unconstrained/constrainedoptimization, quadratic and convex program-ming, Kuhn-Tucker conditions, gradientsearch, and method of steepest ascent.

Operations Research III (AME 182)The course introduces the students to dy-namic programming and its applications. It

includes deterministic and stochastic pro-gramming, allocation problems, inventoryproblems, forward and backward algorithms,and Markov Chains.

Basic Economics* (FOS101)The first part of the course covers macroeco-nomics and introduces the students to theworkings of the economy. The second parttakes up microeconomics and tackles theresource allocation problem from the pointof view of the firm and markets.

Political Thought* (FOS102)This course is designed to provide studentswith a deeper understanding and apprecia-tion of the philosophical underpinnings ofdemocracy, not only as a form of rule butalso as a system of political ethics.*Free elective

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTSTo acquire the BSAM degree, the studentshould accomplish all the academic require-ments of the program.

FACULTYMa. Garnet BiasonM.S. Applied Mathematics(Operations Research)University of the Philippines

Ana Liza Dela CruzM.S. Applied Mathematics(Operations Research)


Tessalynn Marie EndozoM.A. MathematicsUniversity of the Philippines

Sol Marian MarianoM.S. Applied MathematicsUniversity of the Philippines

Jovel NabiaM.S. Statistics (candidate)University of the Philippines

B.S. StatisticsUniversity of the Philippines

Maria Veronica QuilinguinPh.D. MathematicsUniversity of the Philippines

Eva RodriguezPh.D. MathematicsUniversity of the Philippines

Michael SanchezM.S. Applied Mathematics(Actuarial Science)University of the Philippines

Durwin SantosM.S. Applied MathematicsUniversity of the Philippines

Noemi Barcial-TorrePh.D. MathematicsUniversity of the Philippines

Kimberly May Vallesteros

M.S. Applied Mathematics(Operations Research)University of the Philippines

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ININDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

The Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineer-ing (BSIE) program aims to produce engi-neering professionals who can plan, design,and implement ethical, socially relevant,and environmentally sound engineering and

technology-based solutions to complex eco-nomic, management, and industrial problems.Using an in-depth education in the liberal artsas the student’s intellectual foundation, theBSIE program combines UA&P’s expertise ineconomics, management, and informationtechnology with competent instruction in thetheoretical and applied sciences and math-ematics and the core engineering courses. TheUA&P BSIE graduate is a true Renaissance En-gineer of the new millennium who knows howbest to organize resources—people, money,and materials—in an information-intensive,technology-based economy without neglectingtheir humanist dimensions.

The BSIE program builds on the foundationalcourses for engineering such as calculus, en-gineering fundamentals, physics, and chem-istry. All students go through common coresubjects that include computer science, infor-mation management, organization theory,mathematical modeling, optimization, prob-ability and statistics, finance and production.

The mathematics and science componentsare augmented and delivered with the rigorrequired to prepare the student for an engi-neering course. The core subjects exposestudents to the breadth of the industrialengineering field, and put them in a goodposition to choose a concentration duringtheir fourth year. During the summer term oftheir fourth year, they undergo 240 hours ofon-the-job training (OJT) and work on ac-tual projects at any of UA&P’s business andindustry partners.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESThe graduates of the BSIE program have avariety of career opportunities, holding posi-tions such as the following:• Supply chain analyst• Strategic and operational planner• Safety and health engineer• Quality engineer• Quality assurance staff • Project and information analyst• Productivity consultant and specialist

• Production supervisor• Production staff • Operations research analyst• Operations and production manager• Operations auditor• Operations analyst/engineer• Methods and systems analyst• Manufacturing engineer• Management trainee• Logistics analyst• Inventory control analyst• Businessman• Academician

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTSThe five-year BSIE program admits second-ary school graduates with an average of 85or above or its equivalent in their high schoolmathematics and science subjects. Theyshould also pass the UA&P entrance examina-tion and must obtain at least 50% in the math-

ematics subtest. Students who are shiftingfrom other UA&P programs or transferringfrom other universities should have no gradesbelow 2.0 or its equivalent in their mathemat-ics and science courses.

Students under the five-year curriculum ofthe BSIE program must meet the followingstandards:• Attain a weighted average of 2.75 in their

freshman, sophomore, and junior years• Pass at least 70% of the total number of

academic units coursed in the fourth year(including the summer term)

• Pass all the required subjects for gradua-tion in the fifth year


ACADEMIC LOADFirst Year 1st semester 22 units 2nd semester 23 unitsSecond Year 1st semester 21 units 2nd semester 21 unitsThird Year 1st semester 23 units 2nd semester 21 units

Fourth Year 1st semester 21 units 2nd semester 21 units Summer term 3 unitsFifth Year 1st semester 21 units 2nd semester 15 unitsTotal 212 units

STUDENT EVALUATION1.00 – 1.25 Excellent1.50 – 1.75 Superior2.00 – 2.25 Very Good

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



2.5 – 2.75 Good3.00 Competent3.50 Failed3.50 Failed due to absencesINC Incomplete

COURSES OFFEREDFirst Year - First SemesterAMC 100 Algebra and Trigonometry

First Year - Second SemesterIE 110 Solid MensurationMA 100.1 Advanced AlgebraSC 111 General Chemistry (Lecture)SC 111.1 General Chemistry (Lab)

Second Year - First SemesterEIT 110L Computer Fundamentals and

ProgrammingFOS 101 Basic EconomicsIE 101 Engineering DrawingMA 101.1 Calculus 1SC 112 Physics 1 (Lecture)SC 112.1 Physics 1 (Lab)

Second Year - Second SemesterIE 102 Computer-Aided DraftingMA 102.1 Calculus 2MGT 216 Financial AccountingSC 113 Physics 2 (Lecture)SC 113.1 Physics 2 (Lab)STAT 402 Probability and Statistics

Third Year - First Semester

AMC 113 Differential EquationsIE 111 Statics of Rigid BodiesIE 103 Industrial Materials and

Processes (Lecture)IE 103.1 Industrial Materials and

Processes (Lab)IE 122 Engineering ManagementIE 131 Environmental EngineeringIE 172 Advanced Statistics

Third Year - Second SemesterIE 112 Dynamics of Rigid BodiesIE 113 Mechanics of Deformable BodiesIE 121 Engineering EconomyIE 141 Safety ManagementIE 151 Methods Engineering (Lecture)IE 151.1 Methods Engineering (Lab)IE 171 Advanced Mathematics for In-

dustrial EngineersMGT 212 Managerial Accounting

Fourth Year - First SemesterIE 133 Essentials in Electrical

Engineering

IE 152 Industrial Quality ControlIE 154 Ergonomics (Lecture)IE 154.1 Ergonomics (Lab)IE 173 Operations Research 1

Fourth Year - Second SemesterIE 132 ThermodynamicsIE 161 Production SystemsIE 174 Operations Research 2

IE XXX IE Elective 1IE XXX IE Elective 2

Fourth Year - SummerIE 155 On-the-job Training

Fifth Year - First SemesterIE 153 Project Feasibility (Lecture)IE 153.1 Project Feasibility (Lab)IE 162 Facilities Planning & DesignIE 163 Systems EngineeringIE XXX IE Elective 3ITB 150 Information Systems

Fifth Year – Second SemesterIE 142 Engineering EthicsIE 199 Undergraduate Research

(Lecture)IE 199.1 Undergraduate Research (Lab)IE XXX IE Elective 4

COURSE DESCRIPTIONSAlgebra and Trigonometry (AMC 100)The course covers, among others, real num-ber system, algebraic expressions, one- and

two-dimensional coordinate systems; func-tions, equations and inequalities; and wordproblems, variation, progression, and circu-lar functions.

Differential Equations (AMC 113)This course covers differentiation and in-tegration in solving first-order, first-degreedifferential equations, linear differentialequations of order n, and Laplace transformsin solving differential equations.

Computer Fundamentals and Programming (EIT 110L)

This course covers basic information tech-nology concepts, fundamentals of algorithmdevelopment, high-level language andprogramming applications, and computersolutions of engineering problems.

Basic Economics (FOS 101)This course introduces students to economictheories and applications.

Engineering Drawing (IE 101)The course covers, among others, practices

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



and techniques of graphical communication;application of drafting instruments, letteringscale, and units of measure; dimensioning;sectional views; pictorial drawings; and as-sembly and exploded detailed drawings.

Computer-Aided Drafting (IE 102)The course introduces students to the com-puter-aided drafting (CAD) environment, the

terminologies used, and the general operat-ing procedures and techniques in enteringand executing basic CAD commands.

Industrial Materials and Processes (IE 103)The course covers the uses and productionprocesses of metals, plastics, glass, ceram-ics, elastomers, wood, pulp, and other com-mon engineering materials as well as theireffects on production system decisions.

Solid Mensuration (IE 110) The course covers lines and planes, Caval-

ieri’s and other volume theorems, formulasfor areas of plane figures; volumes of solids,volumes and surface areas of spheres, pyra-mids, and cones; zone, sector, and segmentof a sphere; and the theorems of Pappus.

Statics of Rigid Bodies (IE 111)The course covers force systems, structureanalyses, friction, centroids and centers ofgravity, and moments of inertia.

Dynamics of Rigid Bodies (IE 112)

The course covers kinetics and kinematics of aparticle, kinetics and kinematics of rigid bodies,work energy method, and impulse and mo-mentum.

Mechanics of Deformable Bodies (IE 113)The course covers axial stress and strain,stresses for torsion and bending, combinedstresses, beam deflections, indeterminatebeams, and elastic instability.

Engineering Economy (IE 121)The course covers the time value of money

and equivalence, basic economy study meth-ods, decisions under certainty, decisionsrecognizing risk, and decisions admittinguncertainty.

Engineering Management (IE 122) The course covers decision making, func-tions of management, managing productionand service operations, managing the mar-keting function, and managing the financefunction.

Environmental Engineering (IE 131)The course covers the ecological frameworkof sustainable development; pollution of en-vironments: water, air, and solid; waste treat-ment processes, disposal, and management;government legislation, rules, and regulationrelated to the environment and waste man-agement; and environmental managementsystem.

Thermodynamics (IE 132)The course covers thermodynamic proper-ties of pure substances; ideal and real gases;and the study and application of the laws ofthermodynamics in the analysis of processesand cycles. It also introduces vapor and gascycles.

Essentials in Electrical Engineering (IE 133)The course covers the principles, basic laws,and theorems used in analyzing electricalcircuits in both direct current and alternatingcurrent conditions.

Safety Management (IE 141)The course covers, among others, the evo-lution of safety management; the safetyprograms adopted by high-risk industries;and the hazards in the construction, manu-facturing, gas and power plants, and otherengineering industries and how to prevent ormitigate them.

Engineering Ethics (IE 142)

The course provides students with insightson values, value system, value formation,and value clarification processes; work andresponsibilities of an industrial engineer; andthe relations of the industrial engineer withthe state, the public, the clients, the employ-ers, other engineers, and other professionals.

Methods Engineering (IE 151)The course covers productivity conceptsand techniques, methods on study and workmeasurement, wage payment, indirect andexpense labor standards, and training prac-tices.

Industrial Quality Control (IE 152) The course covers natural and assignable vari-ations, Central Limit Theorem, process control,tools for process control, benefits of controlcharts, traditional control chart for variables,traditional control charts for attributes, processcapability, and acceptance sampling.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Project Feasibility (IE 153) The course covers the phases of project fea-sibility studies. It highlights project develop-ment, evaluation, and management.

Ergonomics (IE 154) The course covers the origins and develop-ment of human factors and ergonomics andthe tools and techniques of ergonomic risk as-

sessment. It also explains movement and thecognitive and environmental factors in ergo-nomic workplace design and evaluation.

On-the-Job Training (IE 155)This course covers the students’ on-the-jobtraining and actual work (240 hours) duringthe fourth-year summer term.

Production Systems (IE 161)The course covers analysis, design, and man-agement of production systems; productivitymeasurement; forecasting techniques; project

planning; line balancing; inventory systems;aggregate planning; master scheduling; opera-tions scheduling; and modern approaches toproduction management.

Facilities Planning and Design (IE 162) The course covers the principles and practic-es in planning the facility layout and materialhandling equipment for manufacturing andservice systems, and the analytical approach-es in site location, facility layout, materialhandling, and storage systems. It also in-

cludes discussion on systematic proceduresand computer-aided techniques.

Systems Engineering (IE 163)The course covers total systems analysis anddesign and the integration of subsystems withconcentration on optimal total systems imple-mentation.

Advanced Mathematics for Industrial Engineers (IE 171)The course covers matrices, determinants,systems of linear and nonlinear equations,elements of error analysis, real roots of an

equation, polynomial approximation by finitedifference and least squares methods, andnumerical solution on systems of linear andnonlinear equations.

Advanced Statistics (IE 172)The course covers regression, correlation,and design of experiments and their applica-tions in industrial engineering.

Operations Research 1 (IE 173) The course covers operations research ap-

proach and methodology; linear program-ming formulation and solution techniques,duality theory, sensitivity analysis; transpor-tation and assignment problems; and net-work models.

Operations Research 2 (IE 174)The course covers integer linear program-ming, dynamic programming, queuing

theory, decision theory, game theory, and theMarkov theory.

Undergraduate Research (IE 199)The course introduces students to the fun-damentals of research design, quantitativeresearch methodologies, conduct of actualresearch, and research proposal and reportwriting.

Information Systems (ITB 150)The course covers concepts and frameworksof information systems as well as analysis

and design of information systems.

Advanced Algebra (MA 100.1) The course covers matrices and determi-nants, arithmetic and geometric series, solu-tion sets of different types of inequalities andsystems involving quadratics, and solutionof linear equations using determinants andmatrices.

Calculus 1 (MA 101.1) This course is an introduction to calculus

with analytic geometry and covers lines,circles, conic sections; special functions, lim-its, continuity, derivatives, and their applica-tions; and differentials, antiderivatives, anddefinite integrals and their applications.

Calculus 2 (MA 102.1) This course covers derivatives and integralsof transcendental functions, techniques ofintegration, approximations of definite inte-grals, polar coordinate system, vectors, andcurves and surfaces in three-dimensionalspace.

Managerial Accounting (MGT 212)This course covers the uses of accountinginformation for managerial planning andcontrol.

Financial Accounting (MGT 216)The course covers accounting concepts andprinciples applied to service, merchandising,and manufacturing operations; partnershipsand corporations; and analysis, interpretation,and use of accounting data for management.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



General Chemistry (SC 111)This course covers, among other topics,basic concepts of matter and its classifica-tion; mass relationships in chemical reac-tions; properties of gases, liquids, and solids;and concepts of thermochemistry, quantumtheory, and electronic behavior.

Physics 1 (SC 112)

This course covers vectors, kinematics,dynamics, work, energy, power, impulse andmomentum, rotation, dynamics of rotation,elasticity, and oscillation.

Physics 2 (SC 113) This course covers fluids, thermal expansion,thermal stress, heat transfer, calorimetry,waves, electrostatics, electricity, magnetism,optics, image formation by plane and curvedmirrors, and image formation by thin lenses.

Probability and Statistics (STAT 402)

This course covers regression, correlation,and design of experiments and their applica-tions in Industrial Engineering.

ElectivesSelected IE elective courses will be offered tofourth and fifth year BSIE students in the ar-eas of production engineering, organizationand decision systems, ergonomics or humanfactors engineering, and other IE-related top-ics. For School Year 2014-2015, the followingelective courses are being offered:

Supply Chain Management (IE 181)The course offers quantitative techniquesand best-practice strategies for cost-effectivesolutions to critical issues and for continu-ous improvement of a company’s operationefficiency and strategic position in today’shighly dynamic and competitive market-place.

Systems Simulation (IE 182)The course covers representation and simula-tion of industrial systems, random numbergeneration, and record processing and genera-tion of statistics.

Six Sigma (IE 184)This is an introductory course to the Lean SixSigma approach of solving fact-based prob-lems, process optimization, quality improve-ment, and reduction in process variability. Itintegrates the Lean manufacturing tools forcontinuous workplace improvement with theSix Sigma Define-Measure-Analyze-Improve-

Control (DMAIC) method for reducing prod-uct defects.

Project Management (IE 188)The course covers the latest planning and con-trol techniques of project management. It cov-ers nine project management bodies of knowl-edge that are now used outside the traditionalproject industries and adopted by many large

companies in an effort to keep their work smalland manageable.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTSThe B.S. in Industrial Engineering degreeis granted to all students who satisfactorilycomplete all the academic requirements ofthe program, including the summer on-the-job training.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



FACULTYChiqui CalayagM.S. Industrial EngineeringUniversity of the Philippines

Ramon EnriquezM.E. Industrial Engineering and Manage-mentAsian Institute of Technology

Jeffrey EspineliM.S. Industrial Engineering (on-going)University of the Philippines

Florencio GaaPh.D. Mechanical EngineeringUniversity of New South Wales, Australia

Hannalee GomezB.S. Industrial EngineeringUniversity of the Philippines

James LactaoB.S. ChemistryUniversity of the Philippines

Liza LeanderM.S. Industrial EngineeringUniversity of the Philippines

Enrique LigotB.S. Mechanical EngineeringUniversity of the Philippines

Edwin OlmosPh.D. Materials Science and EngineeringUniversity of the Philippines

Juan Carlos QuintoM.S. Industrial Engineering (on-going)University of the Philippines

Ma. Isabel ReyesM.S. Industrial EngineeringUniversity of the Philippines

Amado SaquidoPh.D. FinanceUniversity of the Philippines

Maria Lourdes UPh.D. Industrial EngineeringPurdue University, USA

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ININFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

The Information Technology (IT) programaims to produce the complete IT profession-al—equally capable as a software engineer,systems administrator, business analyst, andresearcher. It does this by providing IT train-

ing in the context of a liberal arts educationthat focuses on the development of intellectualabilities and not just the acquisition of skills.

The IT program aims to produce graduateswho excel not only in terms of knowledgeand know-how but also in terms of sophis-tication, adaptability, and professionalism.The program takes students beyond thetraditional confines of computer science byexposing them to an environment orientedto both business and technology. It preparesthe students to meet the demands of the

fast-paced IT industry through a work-and-study approach combining strong theoreti-cal foundations with practical training andliberal education.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESBSIT graduates can pursue careers as sys-tems analysts, software engineers, solutionsarchitects, and project managers. Some ofthem may be database systems and net-work administrators. For the more business-inclined students, there are also careers in

technical sales, marketing management,and business development. The majority ofgraduates work for companies in the soft-ware, business-process outsourcing, manu-facturing, and telecommunication industries,while a number of them have set up theirown high-technology outfits.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTSTo qualify for the BSIT program, studentsmust have a good scholastic performance inhigh school and pass the university admis-

sions test.

ACADEMIC LOADFirst Year 1st semester 22 units 2nd semester 22 unitsSecond Year 1st semester 23 units 2nd semester 23 unitsThird Year 1st semester 21units 2nd semester 21 unitsFourth Year 1st semester 21 units 2nd semester 21 unitsTotal 174 units

STUDENT EVALUATION

1.00 – 1.25 Excellent1.50 – 1.75 Superior2.00 – 2.25 Very Good2.5 – 2.75 Good3.00 Competent3.50 Failed

COURSES OFFERED

First Year - First SemesterITB 110L Introduction to IT/LITB 111 Mathematics for ComputingMA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry

First Year - Second SemesterITB 121L Introduction to Computing/LITB 141 Computer SystemsMA 112 Calculus 1

Second Year - First SemesterITB 122L Computing 1/L

ITB 142L Fundamentals of Networking/LITB 151 IT Organization and Management

Second Year - Second SemesterITB 123L Computing 2/LITB 143 Computer SecurityITB 152 Business Information SystemsMGT 216 Financial Accounting

Third Year - First SemesterITB 131L Database Design and System

Management/LITB 161 Project Management

ITE 1 IT Elective 1STAT 401 Applied Statistics

Third Year - Second SemesterITB 124L Computing 3/LITB 132 Systems Analysis and DesignITB 190 Corporate Internship 1ITE 2 IT Elective 2

Fourth Year - First SemesterCOM 313 Business CommunicationsITB 112L Multimedia Systems/LITB 133L Software Engineering/LITE 3 IT Elective 3

Fourth Year - Second SemesterITB 153L Technopreneurship/LITB 162 IT ConsultingITB 191 Corporate Internship 2ITE 4 IT Elective 4

ElectivesITE 120 Special Topics on Advanced

Computing

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



ITE 130 Rapid Application DevelopmentITE 131 Client Server Applications

Development IITE 132 Client Server Applications

Development IIITE 133 Solution ArchitectureITE 134 C#ITE 140 Unix FundamentalsITE 150 IT Marketing

ITE 151 Risk ManagementITE 152 Customer Relationship

ManagementITE 153 Enterprise Resource PlanningITE 154 Strategy PlanningITE 155 Business Process Re-engineeringITE 156 Knowledge ManagementITE 170 Human Computer InteractionITE 171 Emerging Technologies

ITE 172 Groupware Computing

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Business Communications (COM 313)The course covers basic and advanced busi-ness correspondence and documents togeth-er with relevant communication strategies.It aims to train students in creating clear,complete, and organized documentationof computer systems as well as persuasivebusiness presentations.

Introduction to IT/L (ITB 110L)This course introduces students to a widerange of topics in computing and informa-tion and communications technology withfocus on business information systems.

Mathematics for Computing (ITB 111) The course covers matrix operations andapplications, mathematical induction, formallogic, and analysis of algorithms and trees.

Multimedia Systems/L (ITB 112L) This course integrates the familiarity with theavailable multimedia technologies with thesensibility to create aesthetically excellentmultimedia projects.

Introduction to Computing/L (ITB 121L)This course in programming covers algo-rithms and their properties and uses the Clanguage to discuss control constructs ofsequence, selection and repetition, and theconcept of a function.

Computing 1/L (ITB 122L)This is an introductory course on Object-Oriented Programming. It covers essentialcomputer programming concepts and ex-

poses students to algorithm development,which equips them with the tools needed todevelop basic Java applications.

Computing 2/L (ITB 123L) This is an intermediate course on Object-Oriented Programming. It covers essentialobject-oriented programming and designconcepts and data structures, and exposes

students to algorithm development.

Computing 3/L (ITB 124L) This advanced course in programming cov-ers topics such as graphical user interface,database connectivity, web applications,and network communications. The course isgeared toward the development of enterpriseservices.

Database Design and System Management /L (ITB131L)The course introduces the field of database

systems and database design. It discussesthe main techniques for database analysisand design and how they can be applied in apractical way.

Systems Analysis and Design (ITB 132)The course introduces students to the con-cepts of information systems analysis anddesign in an organization using informationtechniques for data flows and processes.

Software Engineering/L (ITB 133L)

This course covers information systemsdesign and implementation and allowsstudents to showcase their mastery of thedesign process through the implementationof their systems analysis projects.

Computer Systems (ITB 141)The course is an overview of the architectureand organization of the computer systemsand the underlying operating system con-cepts.

Fundamentals of Networking/L (ITB 142L)

The course provides an in-depth knowledgeof data communications and networkingrequirements including networking and tele-communications technologies. Managementof networks, cost-benefit analysis, and evalu-ation of connectivity options are covered.

Computer Security (ITB 143)This introductory course on computer secu-rity covers computer ethics, administration,network security, personal computer, cryp-tography, and other minor topics.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



IT Organization and Management (ITB 151)The course introduces students to fun-damental management concepts such asunderstanding a manager’s job, managingorganizations, and planning and strategicmanagement.

Business Information Systems (ITB 152)The course explains the different business

processes in an organization and how infor-mation systems can be used for businesspurposes. Topics covered include e-com-merce, organizational applications, enter-prise resource planning, customer relation-ship management, knowledge management,and decision support systems.

Technopreneurship/L (ITB 153/L)The course provides a comprehensiveoverview of the major elements of high-technology entrepreneurial activity, includingintellectual property protection, financing,team building, product development, andexit strategies.

Project Management (ITB 161) The course aims to introduce the studentsto the basic concepts, processes, and knowl-edge areas of project management as wellas to the various methodologies, tools, andtechniques used in professionally managedprojects.

IT Consulting (ITB 162)

The course covers the key elements of run-ning an information-technology consultingorganization. Three key components areexamined: people, clients, and profitability.

Corporate Internship (ITB 190 and ITB 191) The course aims to enable students to obtainpractical experiences in the field of informa-tion technology by engaging in a variety ofsignificant assignments and applying aca-demic skills and knowledge in a corporateenvironment.

Algebra and Trigonometry (MA 111) The course covers, among other topics, realnumber system, algebraic expressions, theone- and two-dimensional coordinate sys-tems, functions, equations and inequalities,circular functions identities, and solutions ofequations involving circular functions.

Calculus 1 (MA 112)This course is an introduction to calculuswith analytic geometry. It covers lines, cir-

cles, conic sections, special functions, limits,continuity, derivatives and their applications,differentials, antiderivatives, and definiteintegrals and their applications.

Financial Accounting (MGT 216)The course introduces students to the basicconcepts and principles in accounting andfinance used in recording transactions and

preparing financial statements. The coursealso covers analysis and interpretation ofaccounting and financial data as a basis formaking sound economic decisions.

Applied Statistics (STAT 401) This course covers statistical theory andmethods strengthening the research ca-pability of the students. It aims to enablestudents to formulate hypotheses, processdata scientifically, and arrive at intelligentconclusions and recommendations based onstatistical findings.

ElectivesSpecial Topics on Advanced Computing (ITE 120) The course covers the elementary ways ofrepresenting and storing data. It includes thestudy of algorithms used to create, update,and access these data structures.

Rapid Application Development (ITE 130) The course is an introduction to the conceptsof rapid application development and visualprogramming.

Client Server Applications Development I (ITE 131)The course introduces the students to client/ server application architecture and devel-opment. Client/Server is a computationalarchitecture that involves client processesrequesting service from server processes.

Client Server Applications Development II (ITE 132)The course provides advanced concepts onclient/server technologies with emphasis ondatabase applications.

Solution Architecture (ITE 133) This course equips students with the neededconceptual tools and techniques to properlyintegrate information and communicationtechnology (ICT) into business by investigat-ing the arguments of numerous debates inthe literature on architecture, project man-agement, and organization theory.

C# (ITE 134)This course introduces students to C#, a

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



simple, modern, object-oriented, and type-safe programming language that providesaccess to the Microsoft.NET framework,which includes a common execution engineand a rich class library.

Unix Fundamentals (ITB 140) The course covers the basic structure, ca-pabilities, and tools of the UNIX operating

system, including an introduction to shellscripting. The second half of the course cov-ers basic system and network administration.

IT Marketing (ITE 150)The course aims to provide an understand-ing of the concepts of basic marketing aswell as internet marketing.

Risk Management (ITE 151) The course introduces students to the iden-tification of threats and the analysis of theimpact of these threats to the business, with

the idea of coming up with sound treatmentplans to mitigate/minimize the adverse ef-fects on the business or create opportunitiesfrom these threats.

Customer Relationship Management (ITE 152) The course focuses on the business process-es used to optimize the value of customerrelationships.

Enterprise Resource Planning (ITE 153)The course aims to provide an understand-

ing of how businesses work (particularly howfunctional areas operate) and how an inte-grated information system fits into businessoperations. Special emphasis is given tooperations management.

IT Strategy Planning (ITE 154)This course tackles strategy planning forprofessionals and practitioners in the infor-mation technology profession. Topics includea general analytical apparatus for industryanalysis and the value chain.

Business Process Re-engineering (ITE 155) The course aims to provide students withskills in identifying processes to reengineer,envisioning performance breakthroughs, anddesigning solutions in achieving businessgoals.

Knowledge Management (ITB 156)This course intends to provide students withan understanding of knowledge manage-ment and how it contributes to the fulfillmentof an organization’s mission and objectives.

It integrates various disciplines that deal withkey information and knowledge manage-ment components: people, processes, con-tent, and technology.

Human Computer Interaction (ITE 170)This course focuses on the human-computerinteraction design process and covers theunderlying cognitive scientific principles,

design methodologies, and state-of-the-artinterface technologies and paradigms.

Emerging Technologies (ITE 171) The course covers emerging and peripheraltechnologies relevant to information tech-nology. The applicability, market potential,implication, and social impact are embodiedto extract a better and holistic understandingof the technologies.

Groupware Computing (ITE 172)The course aims to provide students with a

clear understanding of the concepts behindGroupware, Workflow, and Workgroup Com-puting. It also aims to enhance the students’ability to work harmoniously in a team-basedorganization.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTSThe students should fulfil all the academicrequirements to earn the BSIT degree.

FACULTYDepartment of Engineering

Florencio GaaPh.D. Mechanical EngineeringUniversity of New South Wales, Australia

Liza LeanderM.S. Industrial EngineeringUniversity of the Philippines

Juan Carlos QuintoB.S. Materials EngineeringUniversity of the Philippines

Ma. Isabel ReyesM.S. Industrial EngineeringUniversity of the Philippines

Amado SaquidoPh.D. FinanceUniversity of the Philippines

Maria Lourdes UPh.D. Industrial EngineeringPurdue University, USA

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Department of Information Science and Technology

Rey Vincenzo CruzM.S. Applied Mathematics(Computer Science)University of the Philippines

Maria Asuncion Sahagun-De Venecia

M.S. Information TechnologyUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Joel MendozaM.S. Media InformaticsRWTH Aachen University, Germany

Nonna ParrillaM.S. Computer Science (candidate)De La Salle UniversityM.S. Industrial EconomicsUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Joel PiraM.S. Applied MathematicsUniversity of the Philippines

John Peter Abraham RueroM.S. Information ManagementAteneo IT Institute

Leni Grace Anne SunicoM.A. Business EconomicsUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Christian VallezM.S. Information TechnologyUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Romeo VenesPh.D. Information Technology (on-going)De La Salle UniversityM.S. Computer ScienceAteneo de Manila University

Department of Mathematics

Ana Liza Dela Cruz

M.S. Applied Mathematics(Operations Research)University of the Philippines

Tessalynn Marie EndozoM.A. MathematicsUniversity of the Philippines

Sol Marian MarianoM.S. Applied MathematicsUniversity of the Philippines

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Jovel NabiaM.S. Statistics (candidate)University of the PhilippinesB.S. StatisticsUniversity of the Philippines Diliman

Maria Veronica QuilinguinPh.D. MathematicsUniversity of the Philippines

Eva RodriguezPh.D. MathematicsUniversity of the Philippines

Michael SanchezM.S. Applied Mathematics(Actuarial Science)University of the Philippines

Durwin SantosM.S. Applied MathematicsUniversity of the Philippines

Noemi TorrePh.D. MathematicsUniversity of the Philippines

Kimberly May VallesterosM.S. Applied Mathematics(Operations Research)University of the Philippines

Department of Natural Sciences

Mary Chona Del Castillo

Master in Agriculture SciencesUniversity of Queensland, AustraliaMaster of Science in FisheriesUniversity of the Philippines

Panfilo Amadeo DavidDoctor of MedicineSt. Louis University

Sofia Maria Perpetua DavidPh.D. Philosophy (Bioethics) (coursework)University of the Philippines

Ph.D. PedagogyUniversidad de Navarra, Rome campus

James LactaoB.S. ChemistryUniversity of the Philippines

Edwin OlmosPh.D. Materials Science and EngineeringUniversity of the Philippines

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Dr. Theta PoncePh.D. PhysicsUniversity of Chicago

PART-TIME FACULTYCyrus Paolo BuenafeM.S. Information TechnologyUniversity of Asia and the Pacific

Chuchi HawkinsM.S. Information SystemsStevens Institute of Technology, USA

Ruel ManingasPh.D. Extension Education,Cognate in Computer ScienceUniversity of the Philippines Los Baños

Jose Marie OllorenPh.D. Distributed Relational Database De-sign, Implementation, OptimizationProgress Technical Institute, USA

Arturo TanPh.D. Business AdministrationUniversity of the Philippines

Delia TantuicoMaster of LawsUniversity of San Francisco, USA

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Frequently Asked Questions

1. Who can apply for admission?

The following qualify for regular admissionas freshmen:• Graduates of Department of Education-

accredited high schools:- High school seniors (equivalent to 4th

year or grade 12, depending on theeducational system that the schoolfollows) expecting to graduate at theend of the school year

- High school students who have nottaken any college work and holdPhilippine Educational Placement Test

(PEPT) certificates indicating theireligibility for admission to college

- Transfer students from other univer-sities and colleges accredited by theCommission on Higher Education(willing to start again as freshmen)

• Filipinos who have graduated from sec-ondary schools abroad

• Foreign applicants who are graduatingor have graduated from a high school

abroad

2. How do I qualify for admission?

The Admissions Committee selects potentialstudents primarily on the basis of the CollegeEntrance Examination (CEE), academic per-formance in high school, recommendationfrom the guidance counselor, and personalinterview results. The CEE contains subtestsin English, Math, and Abstract Reasoning.

Transferees who apply for admission should

have earned no less than 30 units and at-tained a cumulative general weightedaverage (GWA) of 2.0 in another collegeor university. If they satisfy this initial crite-rion, they will be advised to apply and takethe CEE. The College of Arts and Sciencesreserves the right not to credit any subjecttaken elsewhere and to require transfereesaccepted into the University to start as fresh-men.

3. How do I apply in UA&P as an incoming

freshman?

You can (a) download the application form or(b) secure an application form from UA&P.

(Note: Accomplish the application form com-pletely and accurately. Please print all yourresponses using black ink. Do not use abbre-viations. If a question is not applicable, writeNA on the space provided.)

If application form is downloaded:1. Submit application form and other require-

ments to the Admissions Office. Secureand fill out the Applicant Information Slip.(Note: While inside the UA&P campus,please observe the proper dress code –no sleeveless shirts, shorts, and skirtsabove the knee.)

2. Submit the Applicant Information Slip tothe cashier at the Financial Managementand Reporting (FMR) office, 2nd floor, Col-lege of Arts and Sciences Building. Pay theadmissions processing fee.a. For students from local private

schools: PHP 600b. For students from local public

schools: PHP 250(Note : Applicants from public schoolsshould present their student ID to thecashier.)

c. For students from foreign schools:US$50

3. Go to the Admissions Office to presentyour Official Receipt and get your testpermit. The College Entrance Exam (CEE)testing date and time will be indicated in

your test permit.4. Go to #5 of the next section.

If application form is secured from UA&P:1. Secure from the Admissions Office the

Applicant Information Slip. Fill out theslip and submit it to the cashier at theFinancial Management and Reporting(FMR) office, 2nd floor, College of Artsand Sciences Building.

2. Secure an application form from the ca-shier and pay the admissions processing

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



4. What are the required documents forenrollment?

(Note: Please make sure that all the require-ments are complete in order to facilitate theprocessing of the application. All credentials,including the application form submitted tothe University Admissions Office, becomeproperty of the school. They will not be re-turned to the applicant.)

A. For fourth-year graduating students1. Accomplished application form2. Secondary school record (enclosed in a

sealed envelope and the flap signed bythe School Registrar)

3. Recommendation form (enclosed in asealed envelope and the flap signedby the Principal or Guidance Coun-selor)

4. Personal essay (printed on short bondpaper) that conveys your interest (vi-

sual/theater arts, sports, music, gour-met cooking, etc.); accomplishments;family, educational, entrepreneurial,and social experiences; future goals;strengths, weaknesses, and potentialsthat positively contribute to the devel-opment of the University (maximumof 250 words)

5. Three 2x2 identical pictures (two forthe application form and one for theexam permit)

6. Accomplished Scholarship/Financial

Aid form and other required docu-ments for those applying for grants7. NSO-authenticated Birth Certificate

B. For transferees(Note: The University accepts transfer studentsfrom other universities and colleges accred-ited by the Commission on Higher Education(CHED) who are willing to start again as fresh-men.)

For evaluation prior to application: Transfercredentials and official transcript of records.

The General Weighted Average should be 2.0or higher, and a minimum of 30 units shouldhave been taken. If the transferee meets therequirements, he or she will be advised to pro-ceed with the application.

The following documents should then besubmitted:1. Accomplished application form2. Two letters of recommendation from

a professor or teacher who knows thetransferee well

fee. This fee covers the application formwith test date/schedule, UA&P brochure,list of requirements and submissiondates, testing, and processing of the ap-plication.a. For students from local private

schools: PHP 600b. For students from local public

schools: PHP 250

(Note : Applicants from public schoolsshould present their student ID to thecashier.)

c. For students from foreign schools:US$50

3. Submit to the Admissions Office the ac-complished application form and otherrequired documents.

4. Get your test permit. The College En-trance Exam (CEE) testing date and timewill be indicated in your test permit.

5. Take the CEE. Present your test permit.

Latecomers will not be permitted to takethe exam. Requests for a re-scheduling ofthe entrance exam are allowed, but arenot encouraged. A PHP300.00 defermentfee will be charged, regardless of thereason given.

6. For EM applicants: Wait for a notice re-garding an interview. The EM Office willinform you of the personal or the panelinterview schedule not later than 60 daysafter your exam date. You will be notifiedthrough any of the following: school’s

guidance counselor, home telephone, ormobile phone.7. The list of accepted applicants will be

posted at the UA&P website www.uap.asia and at the Admissions Bulletin Boardlocated at the Ground Floor, CAS Build-ing, UA&P campus.

8. Acceptance letters will be sent to theapplicant by registered mail or courierservice. If you do not receive your letterby the first week of March, please inquireimmediately from the Admissions Officeat telephone number 634-2809 (telefax)

or 637-0912 loc. 321.9. For admitted applicants: Read carefully

the attachments to your acceptance let-ter (Instructions for Incoming Freshmen,Schedule of Fees, and the ConfirmationFee Slip.) The date for enrollment will beindicated in your acceptance letter.

10. Prepare these documents for enrollment:• Form 138 (Original senior report card)• Form 137 (Transcript of Records, if

available at the time of enrollment)

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



3. Three 2x2 identical pictures (two for theapplication form and one for the testpermit)

4. Photocopy of NSO-authenticated birthcertificate

C. For foreign applicants1. Accomplished application form2. Certificate of evidence of SAT1 results

(must be submitted by December 31)(Note: An applicant who is a foreigneror resides outside the Philippinesmay opt to substitute the College En-trance Exam (CEE) with the Scholas-tic Aptitude Test (SAT1) results. Theapplicant must obtain a minimumcombined score of 1600 on the SAT1.For more information on the SAT1,you may ask your guidance counseloror visit http://www.collegeboard.com/ student/testing/sat/about.html)

3. Official secondary school transcript ofrecords4. Accomplished recommendation form

from the applicant’s guidance coun-selor

5. Certificate of evidence of TOEFLresults (must be submitted by Decem-ber 31)Note: If the foreign applicant’s nativelanguage or medium of instruction insecondary school is not English, heor she should take the Test of Englishas a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Theapplicant must obtain a minimumscore of 500 for the paper-based testor 62 for the Internet-based test. Moreinformation can be obtained fromwww.toefl.org or the TOEFL office:

TOEFL ServicesP.O. Box 6151Princeton, NJ 08541-6151 USA

6. Authenticated Birth Certificate/Household Register

7. Photocopy of passport (Original mustbe presented to the Admissions Office)

8. Photocopy of Alien Certificate ofRegistration (ACR) (Original must bepresented to the Admissions Office

9. Personal essay (printed on short bondpaper) that conveys your interest (vi-sual/theater arts, sports, music, gour-met cooking, etc.); accomplishments;family, educational, entrepreneurial,and social experiences; future goals;strengths, weaknesses, and potentialsthat positively contribute to the devel-

opment of the University (maximumof 250 words)

10. Three 2x2 identical pictures (two forthe application form and one for thetest permit)

(Note: The applicant should apply for aStudent Visa at the Philippine Embassy orConsulate only after receiving the official let-

ter of acceptance from the University. Inqui-ries may be made at the Embassy regardinga Student Visa.)

5. How do I find out the results of my ap-plication?

Letters of acceptance or non-acceptance willbe sent to the applicant by registered mail orcourier service.

The names of those who qualify will beposted at the UA&P website and the UA&PAdmissions Bulletin Board located at theGround Floor, CAS Building.

6. I need a scholarship/financial aid. Howdo I go about applying for it?

UA&P offers merit scholarships and financialaid to deserving students.

Merit scholarships are highly competitivestudy grants that may cover up to 100% oftuition fees. Those who qualify are valedic-

torians and salutatorians from select highschools, as well as applicants whose highschool average is at least 90%.

The University also gives financial aid toFilipino students who meet the followingcriteria: financial need, as attested to by thefamily’s finances, and recommendations,academic competence (high school averageof at least 85% and passing entrance examresults), and interview evaluation.

Follow these procedures:1. Fill out a Merit Scholarship/Financial Aid

Form, which may be obtained from theUA&P Financial Management and Re-porting Group or downloaded from theUA&P website: www.uap.asia.

2. Submit the accomplished Merit Scholar-ship/Financial Aid Form together with theapplication for admission. The followingdocuments must also be submitted:• A letter addressed to the Scholarship

Committee stating why the applicant

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



should be considered for the MeritScholarship or the Financial Aid pro-gram

• A clear photocopy of the most recentIncome Tax Return of each parent andsibling who are employed or self-employed, and the Tax Withheld onCompensation Certificates

• Certifications from the current employ-

er of each employed parent and siblingon the annual gross income (break-down); for those working on contrac-tual basis, a copy of the employmentcontract stating the duration of thecontract and compensation package

(Note: The Financial Aid grant isopen only to students whose fam-ily’s gross annual income is lessthan Php 800,000.00.)

• For those who are not filing incometax returns (whether they are un-

employed or self-employed with abusiness earning not more than Php100,000.00 annually), a certificate oftax exemption (which can be ob-tained from the BIR district office)

• Recommendation form (to be filledout by a teacher or counselor whoknows the student and his or her fam-ily circumstances well)

All the requirements need to be complete inorder to facilitate the processing of the MeritScholarship/ Financial Aid application.

7. Is there a dress code?

UA&P adheres to a dress code in order tocreate a professional culture on campus.Most of the courses require the 4th- and 5th-year students to be in business attire whenthey attend their major subjects. The under-graduate students may come to school incasual wear.

8. What is the role of Opus Dei in UA&P?

Opus Dei has been contracted by the Univer-sity to help in the spiritual and moral devel-opment of the students, faculty, and staff.It also ensures the doctrinal integrity of theTheology subjects taught as part of the cur-riculum.

Opus Dei neither owns the University norruns administrative matters that are outsidethe scope mentioned above. The Universityis a project of the UA&P Foundation, whileits administration is taken care of by the Uni-versity’s management staff.

9. I do not have a place to stay in Manila. Where can I stay?

The Center for Student Affairs facilitateshousing arrangements for university stu-dents, especially if they are from the prov-ince or another country. There are housingunits around the campus that the students

may choose from. If interested, please con-tact the Center for Student Affairs at 637-0912 local 280.

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016



Driving directions from EDSA Quezon Avenue:1. Head southeast on EDSA toward Mo. Ignacia Avenue2. Take the exit on the left onto Ortigas Avenue3. Turn right onto F. Ortigas Jr. Road4. Turn right onto Doña Julia Vargas Avenue5. Take the 1st left turn onto San Miguel Avenue6. Take the 1st left turn onto Exchange Road7. Take the 1st right turn onto Pearl Drive8. Take the 1st right turn onto Amethyst Street9. Turn left onto Pearl Drive10. Destination straight ahead

Driving directions from EDSA Magallanes:1. Head east on EDSA2. Slight right toward Shaw Boulevard3. Turn right onto Shaw Boulevard4. Turn left onto San Miguel Avenue5. Turn the 1st right turn onto Lourdes Drive6. Turn left onto Pearl Drive7. Destination to your right

How to Get to UA&P

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016


Contact Us

Trunk Line 637-0912

Local numbersCashier 631-2181; 338; 634-2832 (telefax)

Center for Research and Communication 350

Center for Social Responsibility 302; 360 Chaplain 227

College of Arts and Sciences 277; 278

Corporate Communications Office 301 (Publications);342 (Marketing)

Don Emilio Ejercito Library 292

Don Eugenio Lopez, Sr. Library 291

Guidance Desk 365; 300

Office of Alumni Affairs 397; 635-3141 (direct fax)

Registrar’s Office 226; 322 (telefax)

Safety and Security Section 315

School of Communication 232

School of Economics 362; 637-8549 (telefax)

School of Education and Human Development 271; 220

School of Law and Governance 368; 323

School of Management 243; 244

School of Sciences and Engineering 316; 354

Mailing address

University of Asia and the Pacific P.O. Box 13673, Ortigas Center Post Office Pasig City 1605, Metro Manila, Philippines

Street address

University of Asia and the Pacific Pearl Drive, Ortigas Center, Pasig City 1605 Metro Manila, Philippines

Web address

http://uap.asia

7/21/2019 Prospectus 2014-2016
